HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-2505(A) - Preliminary Master Plan & Design for North Ford ParkG�
k f
i
}1
_CITY CLERK
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Sealed bids may be received at the office of the City Clerk,
3300 Newport Boulevard, P. 0. Box 1768, Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915
until 10:00 a.m. on the 16th day of Aril , 1987,
at whi tcime such bids shaTT be opene an read for
NO
pow
U
PARK.CONSTRUCTION
e of Protect
2505
Contract No.
51.800.000
Eng
net's Estimate
c \CFO N/
Approved by the City Council
this 23rd day of March 1987,
,g
Wanda E Raggio
City Clerk
Prospective bidders may obtain one set of bid documents at no cost
at the office of the Public Works Department, 3300 Newport Boulevard,
P. 0. Box 1768, Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915.
For further information, call Jeff Staneart, P.E. at 644 -3311.
roJect Manager
0 - .1 0
f •
I
I
11
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CONSTRUCTION OF
BONITA CREEK PARK
CONTRACT NO. 2505
PROPOSAL
TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
P.O. Box 1768
Newport Beach, California 92663 -3884
0
PR 1
I
Gentlemen:
The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the
work, has read the Instructions to Bidders, has examined the Plans and
Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials and do all
the work required to complete Contract No. 2505 in accordance with the Plans
and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefor the following
unit price for the work, complete in place, to wit:
Item Estimated Item Description With Lump Sum Unit
Total
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in Words Price
Price
1. 1 Construct approx. 2800 sq. ft. multi-
-------- purpose building including electrical,
Lump Sum plumbing and mechanical, complete in
place.
Three Hundred Eight Nine TDoglard
@
and
No Cents $ --
$ 389,000.00
Per Lump Sum
2. 787 Construct 18" RCP storm drain
-- - - - - -- including excavation, bedding and
LF backfill per City of Newport Beach
Std. 106 —L, complete in place.
/
@ Fifty Two Dollars
and
Eighty Cents $ 52.80
$ 41,533.60
Per Linear Foot
I
PR 2
'
Item
No.
Estimated
Qty. & Unit
Item Description With Lump Sum
or Unit Price Written in Words
Unit Total
Price Price
3.
186
Construct 24" RCP storm drain
- - --
including excavation, bedding and
LF
backfill per City of Newport Beach
Std. 106 -L, complete in place.
@ Fifty Eight Dollars
and
'
Eighty Cents
Per Linear Foot
$ 58.80 $ 10,936.80
4.
27
Construct 8" P.V.C. drain line
■
- - - --
including excavation, bedding and
LF
backfill per City of Newport Beach
Std. 106 -L, complete in place.
@ Forty Two Dollars
L
and
Fifty Cents
$ 42.50 $ 1,147.50
Per Linear Foot
5.
7
Construct junction structure
- - - - - --
No. 1 per City of Newport Beach
EA
Std, 310 -L, complete in place.
1
Two Thousand Four Hundred Seventy Five
@ Dollars
'
and
No Cents
x,475.00 $ 17,325.00
Per Each
6.
3
Provide and install pre -cast
-- - - - - --
catch basins (Christy Products
'
EA
V23 -71660 or approved equivalent)
per plan.
@ Twelve Hundred Fifty Dollars
and
No Cents
$1,250.00 $ 31750.00
Per Each
I
1
1 • 0
IPR 3
' Item Estimated Item Description With Lump Sum Unit Total
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in Words Price Price
' 7. 1 Provide and install pre —cast catch
basin (Associated Conc. Products
EA No. DB- 1212 —W /A -2010 cast iron grate
or approved equivalent) per plan.
@ Eight Hundred Twenty Dollars
and
No Cents $ 820.00 $ 820.00
Per Each
8. 3 Construct catch basin and local
-- - - - - -- depression per City of Newport
EA Beach Stds. 306 —L & 304 —L,
complete in place.
Two Thousand Nine Hundred
@ Dollars
and
No Cents $ 2,990.00 $ 8,970.00
Per Each
9. 106 Construct 8" PVC subdrain
--------
pipe including excavation,
LF bedding and backfill, complete
in place.
@ Twelve Dollars
and
Sixty Cents $ 12.60 $ 1,335.60
Per Linear Foot
10. 1007 Construct 6" PVC perforated
-- - - - - -- subdrain pipe including
' LF excavation, aggregate encase-
ment and endcaps, complete
in place.
@ Seven Dollars
and
Ten Cents
Per Linear Foot
I
11
$ 7.10 $ 7,149.70
i
0
PR 4
Item
No.
Estimated
Qty. & Unit
Item Description With Lump Sum
or Unit Price Written in Words
Unit
Price
Total
Price
11.
7909
Construct 4" PVC perforated
-- - - - - --
subdrain pipe including exca-
LF
vation, aggregate encasement
and endcaps, complete in place.
@ Five Dollars
and
Eighty Five Cents
$ 5.85
$ 46,267.65
Per Linear Foot
12.
1
Construct site electrical, including
-- - - - - --
building, athletic field, parking lot
Lump Sum
and promenade lighting per plans,
complete in place.
One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Eight
Hundred
Ninety Nine
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
$ --
$157,899.00
Per Lump Sum
13.
15,172
Provide and place 18" thick
-- - - - - --
section select import material
CY
over athletic fields per plans
and specifications.
\J
@ Ten Dollars
and
Ten Cents
$ 10.10
$153,237.20
Per Cubic Yard
14.
33,237
Construct 3" thick asphalt concrete
-- - - - - --
pavement with prime coat over
\
SF
4" aggregate base section at
1
parking lot, complete in place.
�<
@ _One Dollars
and
_Twenty Five Cents
$ 1.25.
$ 41,546.25
Per Square Foot
i1
i
i
0 1. 1 •
PR 5
Item Estimated Item Description With Lump Sum Unit Total
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in Words Price Price
15. 29,790 Construct 3" thick asphalt
-- - - - - -- concrete over 4" aggregate base
SF at bike trail and access road,
complete in place.
@ One Dollars
and
Twenty Five Cents
Per Square Foot
16. 655
Construct PCC curb and gutter
-- - - - - --
Type "A" per City of Newport
LF
Beach Std. 182 —L.
@ Eleven
Dollars
and
Fifty Five
Cents
Per Linear Foot
17. 1,816
Construct PCC curb only
- - - - - --
Type "B" per City of Newport
LF
Beach Std. 182 —L.
@ Seven
Dollars
and
Fifty
Cents
Per Linear Foot
18. 1
Construct modified commercial
--------
driveway per City of Newport
EA
Beach Std. 160 —L and as shown
on plans, complete in place.
@ Three Hundred Thirty
Dollars
and
No
Cents
Per Each
$ 1.25 $ 37,237.50
$ 11.55 $ 7,565.25
i
$ 7.50 $ 13,620.00
$ 330.00 $ 330.00
i
t
i
i
M
Item Estimated Item Description With Lump Sum Unit Total
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in Words Price Price
19. 310 Construct 3' wide conc.
Lf nvn ditch per plan.
@ Eight Dollars
and
Twenty Five Cents $ 8.25 $ 2,557.50
Per Linear Foot
20. 2 Construct conc. handicap ramps
-- - - - - -- per plan, complete in place..
EA
@ Two Hundred Twenty Dollars
and
No Cents $ 220.00 $ 440.00
Per Each
21. 1 Furnish and apply asphalt signing
and striping per plans.
Lump Sum \'
@ Fourteen Hundred Thirty Dollars
and
No Cents $1,430.00 $1,430.00
Per Lump Sum
22. 198 Construct 5' -6" high chain link
-- - - - - -- fence per O.C.E.M.A. Std. 412
LF and as shown on plans.
@ Twelve Dollars��
and
Seventy Five Cents $ 12.75 $2,524.50.
Per Linear Foot
23. 1 Construct double frame gate per
-- - - - - -- O.C.E.M.A. Std. 412, complete
EA in place.
@ Six Hundred Forty Six Dollars
and
No Cents $ 646.00 $ 646.00
Per Each
i
'i
,j
i
l
f
Ll
tem Estimated Item Description With Lu
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in
24. 1 Adjust existing manhole frame &
--------
cover to 1 ft. above proposed finish
EA grade per City of Newport Std. 111 —L.
@ Three Hundred Thirty Dollars
and
No Cents
Per Each
25. 421 Construct 8" PVC sewer and
-- - - - - -- appurtenances including excavation,
LF clean outs, aggregate bedding and
backfill, complete in place.
@ Thirty Three Dollars
and
Fiftv Cents
Per Linear Foot
26. 1 Construct drop manhole per City
-- - - - - -- Standard 403 —L, complete in place.
EA
@ Twenty Two Hundred Dollars
and
No Cents
Per Each
27. 4542 Construct 3;" thick broom finish
-- - - - - -- concrete paving @ walks, complete
SF in place.
@ Two Dollars
and
Twenty Cents
Per Square Foot
PR 7
UnlL iocai
Price Price
$ 330.00 $ 330.00
i
$ 33.50$ 14,103.50
$ 2,200.00 $ 2,200.00
$ 2.20 $ 9,992.40
1
I
1
i
�1
PR 8
Total
Item
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words Price
Price
28.
7307
Construct 32"" thick retardent
-- - - - - --
finish concrete paving @ walks,
SF
complete in place.
@ four Dollars
and
sixty eight Cents
$-4.68
$ 34.196.76
Per Square Foot
29.
23,953
Construct 52"" thick retardent finish
-- - - - - --
concrete paving @ drives, complete
SF
in place.
@ five Dollars
an
forty eight Cents
$ 5.48
$131,262.44
Per Square Foot
30.
49
Construct 3' x3' colored concrete
-- - - - - --
paving modules to match tree
`
EA
grate color and finish.
@ forty Dollars
and
forty Cents
$ 40.40
$ 1,979.60
Per Each
31.
110
Construct 8" w. x 18" avg. h.
-- - - - - --
poured —in —place concrete walls
LF
including concrete footings
and sandblast finish, complete
in place.
\�
@ eighty eight Dollars
and
twenty Cents
$ 88.20
$ 9,702.00
Per Linear Foot
I ,
1
�i
i
i
E
0
09
Item
Estimated
Item Description With
Lump Sum
Unit
Total
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written
in Words
Price
Price
32. 34 Construct 16" x. 2' -6" h, poured
-- - - - - -- in place concrete seatwall including
LF concrete footing and sandblast finish.
@ one hundred forty -eight Dollars
and
sixty Cents $ 148.60
Per Linear Foot
33. 432
Construct 8" w. x 36" h. concrete
-- - - - - --
block walls including concrete
LF
footings, cap, and sandblast
finish.
@ aighty -cix Dollars
and
jVP Cents
Per inear Foot
34. 584
Construct 8" w. x 8" h. conc.
-- - - - - --
block walls @ bleachers including
LF
concrete footings and sandblast finish.
@ twenty one Dollars
and
seventy five Cents
Per Linear Foot
35. 231
Construct 16" w. x 2' -6" concrete
block seatwall including concrete
LF
footings, cap, and sandblast finish.
@ ene— hundred six Dollars
and
sixty five Cents
Per Linear Foot
$5,052.40
\` I
$ 86.75 $37,476.00
$-21.a $12,702.00
$ 106.65 $24,636.15
;1 • •
PR 1D
Item Estimated Item Description With Lump Sum Unit Total
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in Words Price Price
36. 1 Construct concrete paving
-- - - - - -- levels @ bleacher areas including
LS sandblast finish.
twenty one thousand,
@ six hundred seventy Dollars
and
no Cents
Per Lump Surp
37. 8 Construct concrete trash
-- - - - - -- receptacle enclosures at plaza
EA and bleacher areas per plan,
complete in place.
@ sixteen hundred fifty Dollars
and
no Cents
Per Each
38. 4 Construct concrete trash
-- - - - - -- receptacle enclosures at dug
EA out area, complete in place.
two thousand one hundred
@ ninety Dollars
and
nn Cents
Per Each
39. 780 Construct 4" R x 18" T concrete
-- - - - - -- steps per plan.
LF
@ twenty Dollars
and
thirty five Cents
Per Linear Foot
\i
$ 21.670.00
J
$ 1,650"00 $ 13-20 .00
V
c. '1 9171130M .1 11
$ 2n -35 $ 15,87 .00
I
1
i
Ir
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
i
r
r
r
Ir
1
0
PR 11
Total
Item
Estimated
Item Description With
Lump Sum
Unit
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written
in Words
Price
Price
40.
84
Construct 4" R x 4' -4"
T concrete
--------
steps per plan.
LF
v
@ twenty nine
Dollars
and
seventy
Cents
$ 29.70
$
2,494.80
Per Linear Foot
41.
92
Construct 4" R x 16" T
concrete
--
- - - - --
steps per plan.
LF
U
@ twenty
Dollars
and
thirty five
Cents
$ 20.35
$
1,872.20
Per Linear Foot
42.
192
Construct 6" R x 18" T
concrete
-- - - - - --
steps per plan.
LF
@ twenty two
Dollars
and
no
Cents
$ 22.00
$
4,224.00
Per Linear Foot
43.
179
Construct 6" R x 12" T
concrete
--------
steps per plan.
LF
@ twenty
Dollars
and
-t" rtv five
Cents
$ 20.35
$
3,642.65
Per Linear Foot
44.
438
Construct 3;" thick x
8" w.
-- - - - - --
concrete bands including
LF
sandblast finish.`
@ six
Dollars
and
6.60
2,890.80
sixty
Cents
$
$
Per Linear Foot
PR 12
Item
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
Total
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words
Price
Price
45.
Construct 31" thick x 18" w.
--
-102 --
concrete bands including sandblast
LF
finish.
\'
@ eight Dollars
`4
'
and
twenty five Cents
$ 8.25
$ 841.50
Per Linear Foot
46.
160
Construct 3;" thick x 24" w, concrete
--------
LF
bands including sandblast finish.
�C....
@ eleven Dollars
and
no Cents
$ 11.00
$1,760.00
Per Linear Foot
47.
64
Construct 31" thick x 2' -6" w.
-- - - - - --
concrete bands including sandblast
LF
finish.
\�
@ thirteen Dollars
and
twenty Cents
$ 13 20
$ 844 Rn
Per Linear Foot
48.
48
Construct 3;" thick x 4' -0" w.
concrete bands including sandblast
LF
finish.
@ nineteen Dollars
and
`
eighty Cents
$ 19.80
$ 9.50.40
Per Linear Foot
I
i
PR 13
Item
Total
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words
Price
Price
49.
156
Construct 24' high backstops
-- - - - - --
including poles, rails, fabric
LF
panels and related appurtenances,
complete in place.
@ eighty five Dollars
and
twenty five Cents
$ 85.25
$13,299.00
Per Linear foot
50.
212
Construct 12' high line fences
--------
including poles, rails, fabric
LF
panels and related appurtenances,
complete in place,
/
@ thirty nine Dollars
and
twenty five Cents
$ 39.25
$ 8,321.00
Per Linear Foot
'
51.
204
Construct 8' high line fences
-- - - - - --
including poles, rails, fabric
LF
panels and related appurtenances,
complete in place.
@ thirty five Dollars
\ '
and
twenty five Cents
$ 35.25
$ 7,191.00
Per Linear Foot
52.
4
Construct 6' -8" high double frame
-- - - - - --
gates including hinges, latches
EA
and related appurtenances, complete
in place.��
@ three hundred Dollars
and
no Cents
$_300.00
$ 1,200.00
Per Each
I
i
0 0
tem Estimated Item Description With Lu
No. Qty. & Unit or Unit Price Written in
53.
54.
55.
56.
584 Furnish and install
- - - -- planking @ bleacher
LF and specs, complete
@ ten
sixty
Per Linear Foot
Unit
Price
PR 14
Total
Price
aluminum seat
per plans
in place.
Dollars h
and
Cents $ 10.60 $ 6.190.40
156 Furnish and install aluminum
- - - -- dug out benches per details,
LF complete in place.
@ twenty four Dollars
and
fifty Cents $ 24.50 $_3,222.00
Per Linear Foot
12 Install pipe handrails per
details, complete in place.
EA
@ three hundred forty Dollars
and
no Cents $ Mn-00 $ 4,080.00
Per Each
56 Furnish and install precast
- - -- concrete tree grates, complete
EA in place. V
@ two hundred fifteen Dollars
and
no Cents $ 215.00 $ 12,040.00
Per Each
59. 1 Construct half —court basketball v
-- - - - - -- court including appurtenances
Lump Sum and court surfacing, complete
in place, l
@ Nine Thousand Dollars
and
No Cents $ -- $ 9,000.00
Lump Sum
c-
60. 4 Furnish and install bike racks,
-------- complete in place.
EA
@ Seven Hundred.Seven Dollars
and
No Cents $ 707.00 $ 2,828.00
Per Each
PR 15
i
Item
Total
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
'
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words
Price
Price
57.
10
Furnish and install precast
--------
concrete bollards, complete
EA
in place.
One Thousand Four Hundred Eighty Five
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
$1,485.00
$ 14,850.00
Per Each
58.
21
Construct concrete light standards
--------
at promenade plaza and play area
EA
including conc. ftgs and conduit,
complete in place.
Two Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Five
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
$2.935.00
$ 61.635.00
Per Each
59. 1 Construct half —court basketball v
-- - - - - -- court including appurtenances
Lump Sum and court surfacing, complete
in place, l
@ Nine Thousand Dollars
and
No Cents $ -- $ 9,000.00
Lump Sum
c-
60. 4 Furnish and install bike racks,
-------- complete in place.
EA
@ Seven Hundred.Seven Dollars
and
No Cents $ 707.00 $ 2,828.00
Per Each
i
i 1
i
i
i
0
PR 16
Total
Item
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words
Price
Price
61.
10
Furnish and install trash
- - - - - --
receptacles, complete in place.
EA
@ Four Hundred Ninety Dollars
and
No Cents
$ 490.00
$
4,900.00
Per Each
62.
8
Furnish and install precast
-- - - - - --
concrete game tables and seats,
EA
complete in place.
@ Twelve Hundred Dollars
and
No Cents
$1,200.00
$
9,600.00
Per Each
63.
1
Construct concrete park sign
-- - - - - --
per plan and details including
Lump Sum
light channels and sandblast
finish, complete in place.
` s�
Fifteen Thousand Five Hundred Five
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
$ --
$
15,505.00
Lump Sum
64.
272
Furnish and install infield
-- - - - - --
soil mix per specifications,
CY
complete in place.
V
@ Fifty Seven Dollars
and
Eighty Cents
$ 57.80
$
15,721.60
Per Cubic Yard
W
PR 17
Total
Item
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words
Price
Price
65.
133
Furnish and place washed
--
- - - - --
plaster sand @ children's
CY
play area.
@ Thirty Four Dollars
and
Fift Cents
$34.50
$ 4,588.50
Per ubic Yard
66.
1
Construct landscape irrigation
-- - - - - --
system, complete in place.
V
Lump Sum
Eighty One Thousand Two Hundred Thirty
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
$ --
$81,230.00
Per Lump Sum
67.
135
Construct 2" P.V.C. (Sch. 40)
-- - - - - --
domestic service line, complete
LF
in place.
V
@ Three Dollars
and
Forty Cents
$ 3.40
$ 459.00
Per Linear Foot
68.
432,650
Provide soil preparation and
-- - - - - --
fine grading, per plan and specs.
SF
@ -- Dollars
and
Twelve and One Half Cents
$ 0.125
$ 54,081.25
Per Square Foot
69.
8
Furnish and install 36" box
-- - - - - --
trees, complete in place.
LS
Five Thousand Eight Hundred and Eight
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
$ --
$ 5,808.00
Per Lump Sum
W
0 0
MM
Item
Estimated
Item Description With
Lump Sum
Unit
Total
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written
in Words
Price
Price
70. 264 Furnish and install 24" box
-- - - - - -- trees, complete in place.
EA
@ Two Hundred Seven Dollars
and
No Cents
Per Each
71. 80 Furnish and install 15 gal.
-- - - - - -- trees, complete in place.
EA
@ Seventy Two Dollars
and
wach Cents
Per
72. 62 Furnish and install 5 gal.
-- - - - - -- trees, complete in place.
EA
@ Twenty Five Dollars
and
Fifty Cents
Per Each
73. 224 Furnish and install 5 gal.
-- - - - - -- shrubs, complete in place.
EA
@ Sixteen Dollars
and
No Cents
Per Each
74. 1 Furnish and install rooted
-- - - - - -- cuttings, complete in place.
Lump Sum One Thousand Four Hundred Fifty Five
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
Lump Sum
$ 207.00 $ 54,648.00 l
$ 72.50 $ 5.800.00
$ 25.50 $ 1,581.00
$ 16.00 $ 3,584.00
$ -- $ 1,455.00
PR 19
Item
Estimated
Item Description With Lump Sum
Unit
Total
No.
Qty. & Unit
or Unit Price Written in Words Price
Price
75.
394,000
Furnish and install hybrid — bermuda
-- --- - --
stolens, complete in place.
SF
@ -- Dollars
V
and
Four Cents
$0.04
$15,760.00
Per Square Foot
76.
34,300
Furnish and install hydroseeded
-- - - - - --
seed mix per plans and specs,
SF
complete in place.
@ -- Dollars
and
U
Four Cents
$ 0.04
$ 1,372.00
Per Square Foot
77.
1
Provide 90 day maintenance
-- - - - - --
period.
Lump Sum
Thirteen Thousand Four Hundred Fifty
@ Dollars
and
No Cents
Per Lump Sum
$ --
$ 13,450.00
I ,
1
0 0
PR 20
1
t
1
i
i
TOTAL PRICE ITEMS O neHM,ll 77 Seven
WRITTEN IN WORDS:
Twenty
Hundred FortUoTogpg Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty Two
and
Cents $ 1,743,962.20
DATE: April 16, 1987
(714) 546 -7975
Bidder's Telephone Number
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC.
Bidder
1920 South Yale St.
Sant, f.A 92704
Bidder s Address
133947
Contractor's License No.
1920 South Yale St.
Contractor s Address
(714 546 -7975
Contractor s Telephone Number
Page 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The following contract documents shall be completed, executed and received
' by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS:
1. PROPOSAL
2. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
4. BIDDER'S BOND (sum not less than 10% of total bid price)
5. NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
' 6. TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
except that cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10% of
' the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the Bidder's Bond. The title of
the project and the words SEALED BID shall be clearly marked on the outside of
the envelope containing the bid.
' The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the
contract documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content
with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid.
' Bids shall not be received from bidders who are not licensed in accordance
with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division III of the Business and Professions'
Code. The low bidder shall also be required to possess a City of Newport Beach
business license prior to execution of contract.
The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are
given solely to allow the comparison of bid totals.
Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the
' PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of
discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid
figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by
' unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be
compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held respon-
sible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL.
' Contract documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized
to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a
corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For part-
' nerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. For sole ownership, the
signature shall be of the owner.
In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the
Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of
per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each
craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the
contract. A copy of said determination is available in the office of the City
Clerk. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the
California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981
inclusive). The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Section
1777.5 of the California Labor Code for all apprenticeable occupations.
' 133947 A/ B/ C -27 VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC.
Contr's Lic. No. & Classification Bidder
April 16, 1987 S /Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch Manager
Date Authorized Signature /Title
• • Page 3
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
The undersigned certifies that he has used bid(s) of the following listed
subcontractor(s) in making up his bid,and that the subcontractor(s) listed
will be used for the work for which they bid, subject to the approval of the
Engineer and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Specifications.
No change of subcontractor may be made except with the prior approval of the
Engineer.and as provided by State law.
Subcontract Work Subcontractor Address
1.
Electrical
Assured
Orange
2•
Survey
Johnson & Frank
Anaheim
3.
AC Paving
Griffith Co
Santa Ana
4.
Chain Link Fence
Crown Fence
Santa Ana
5.
RCP Drains
Savala
Costa Mesa
6.
Masonry
Adobe Engineering
Downey
7.
Concrete
Ventura Concrete
Camarillo
8.
Plumbing
PSI
Long Beach
9.
10.
11.
12.
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC.
Bidder
S_ /Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch Manager
Authorized Signature /Title
FOR ORIGINAL SEE CITY CLERK'S FILE COPY
' • • Page 4
BIDDER'S BOND
1
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That we, VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC. as bidder,
and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU, A Mutual Company as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, Calfornia, in the sum of
' TEN PERCENT (10 %) OF THE TOTAL BID PRICE Dollars ($---------- - - - -),
lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly to
be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
' THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if the proposal of the above bounden bidder for the construction of
BONITA CREEK PARK NO. 2505
Title of Project Contract No.
in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of said City, and
if the above bounden bidder shall duly enter into and execute a contract for
such construction and shall execute and deliver to said City the "Payment" and
"Faithful Performance" contract bonds described in the Specifications within ten
(10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays) from the date of
the mailing of contract documents for execution to the above bounden bidder by
and from said City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it
' is and shall remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein
shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event that any bidder above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such bidder shall not exonerate the Surety
from its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this 16th day
of April 1987 .
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
(Attach acknowledgement of Bidder
Attorney -in -Fact)
' S /JOHN E. BATINA S /THOMAS C. DONNELLY, BRANCH MANAGER
Notary Public Authorized Signature /Title
' Commission Expires: 1/28/89 EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU
Surety
' By S /CHARLES W. LYONS
Title ATTORNEY -IN -FACT
I�
1
I
II^
I�
1
LJ
• . Page 5
NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVI
The bidder, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time
of filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths, say that neither they nor
any of them have, in any way, directly or indirectly, entered into any arrange-
ment or agreement with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them, has
paid or is to pay to such bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has
given or is to give to such other bidder or public officer anything of value
whatever; or such affiant or affiants or either of them has not directly or
indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder or
bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free competition in the
letting of the contract sought for by the attached bids; that no bid has been
accepted from any subcontractor or materialman through any bid depository, the
bylaws, rules or regulations of which prohibit or prevent the bidder from con-
sidering any bid from any subcontractor or materialman which is not processed
through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or materialman
from submitting bids to a bidder who does not use the facilities of or accept
bids from or through such bid depository; that no inducement of any form or
character other than that which appears upon the face of the bid will be sug-
gested, offered, paid or delivered to any person whomsoever to influence the
acceptance of the said bid or awarding of the contract; nor has the bidder
any agreement or understanding of any kind whatsoever with any person whomso-
ever to pay, deliver to, or share with any other person in any way or manner,
any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by this bid.
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this 14th day of April
19_8L.
My commission expires:
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC.
_ S /Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch Manager
Authorized Signature /Title
S /John E. Batina
Notary Public
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of the work of similar character
to that proposed herein which he has performed and successfully completed.
Year
Completed
For Whom Performed (Detail)
—amine
Person to Contact
Telephone
No.
—fit
-y of
1986
Irvine Technology Center
Ed Rozok
(714)
660 -3600
City of Downey
Bob Brace
1986
Firestone Blvd.
Lee Sharp
(213)
869 -7331
City of Laguna Beach
1986
Mnultnn Mpadnwg Park
Rncc Cox
(714)
497 -3311
City of San Bernardino
1986
Secombe Lake Park
Gene Matt
(714)
383 -5025
City of Santa Ana
1986
Santa Ana Medians /MacArthur Blvd.
Charles Smith
(714)
647 -5631
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC.
Bidder
S /Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch.Manager
Authorized Signature /Title
EM.
' i 0 Page 7
I
I
1
NOTICE
The following are contract documents which shall be completed
and executed by the successful bidder after he receives a letter of
award from the City of Newport Beach:
PAYMENT BOND (pages 8 & 9)
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND (pages 10 & 11)
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE & ENDORSEMENTS (pages 12, 13, 14)
CONTRACT (pages 15 & 16)
' The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for
these contract documents. Bidders are advised to review their content
with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid.
' BONDING COMPANIES shall be acceptable as sureties in accordance
with the latest revision of Federal Register Circular 570.
' INSURANCE COMPANIES shall be (1) licensed to conduct business in
California, and (2) assigned Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and
Financial Size Category Class VIII (or larger) in accordance with the
' latest edition of Best's Ke Ratin Guide: Pr2perty-Casualty.
Coverages shall be provided or all TYP OF INSURANCE checked on the
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE.
' All costs associated with the specifications of these contract
documents shall be absorbed in the bid. Such specifications shall
include those contained in (1) each contract document and (2) the
' Standard S ecifications for Public Works Construction (latest edition
adopte or use in the City of Newport BeachY, except as supplemented
or modified by the Special Provisions for this project.
1
1
' • • Page 8
PAYMENT BOND
Bond #2050 -20- 054853
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by
Ihereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for
' BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -9505)
in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
' Newport Beach;
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with said contract, providing that if
said Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials,
provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the
work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on
this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, We VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
Ias Principal, and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MUTUAL COMPANY
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of One Million
Seven Hundred Forty —Three Thousand Nine Hundred and Twenty— Six---- - - - - -- Dollars ($743,926.00 ),
said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of.Newport
Beach under the terms of the contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal or
his subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies,
used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or
for any other work or labor thereon of any kind or for amounts due under the Unemploy-
ment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, that the Surety or Sureties
will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in the bond, and
also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed
by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the
State of California.
The bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and
'corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code
so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon
I
motion adopted
April
27. 1987
has awarded to
VALLEY
CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
Ihereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for
' BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -9505)
in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
' Newport Beach;
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with said contract, providing that if
said Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials,
provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the
work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on
this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, We VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
Ias Principal, and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MUTUAL COMPANY
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of One Million
Seven Hundred Forty —Three Thousand Nine Hundred and Twenty— Six---- - - - - -- Dollars ($743,926.00 ),
said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of.Newport
Beach under the terms of the contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal or
his subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies,
used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or
for any other work or labor thereon of any kind or for amounts due under the Unemploy-
ment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, that the Surety or Sureties
will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in the bond, and
also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed
by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the
State of California.
The bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and
'corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code
so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon
I
• Page 9
Payment Bond (Continued)
this bond, as required by the Provisions of Sections 3247 et. seq. of the Civil Code of
the State of California.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the
work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in
any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract
or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from
its obligations under this bond.
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and
Surety above named, on the 6th day of May , 19-jL—.
I
i
Valley Crest Landscape, Inc.
Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch
Authorized Signature and Title
` . Employers Insurance of Wausau a Mutual Company Seal
Name of Surety
3130 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90010
Address of Surety
Signature and-Title gf1tXhtlftK1rMX1fWj*
Tresis Costello, Attorney —in —Fact
dress of Agent
Telephone No, of Agent
z(6182
) (C�
CO
0� \/ .
~ � >
2
/ 7 /
ou
O
�
\\ /\ /[§[
J a , ( rA
)\2 \/ &\
(\\
}\] #I.rS
mm &wE»
\$®
\ ^ /& %n°
| *J \, &7 \}
�(g }7
=- m. 0 >
o
\E §}
ƒrt \ � }
�
/ /2 §) /\
\ \r ( \;;)
] \ \ \ \ \f
),w
\& * E7
{ \ \ /0
(D \\
Z\ » (&§]
{
$
) \\
q qk
§ /}
\ �(
§ >\
$
m }
. )
&
(
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance of said
contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, We, VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
as Principal, and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MUTUAL COMPANY
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of one Million
Seven Hundred Forty —Three Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty— Six-------------- Dollars ($ 1 +743,926.00
,
said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to
the said City or its certain attorney, its successors, and assigns; for which payment
well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal,
his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all
things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, con-
ditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein
provided on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner
therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and
shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers and agents,
as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and virtue.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the
work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall
in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice
i
•
! Page 10
`
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
Bend #2050 -20- 054653
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That
WHEREAS, the City
Council
of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by
motion adopted aril
27.
1987,
has awarded to VALLEY
CREST
LANDSCAPE, INC.
hereinafter designated
as the
"Principal ", a contract for
BONITA
CREEK
PARK CONSTRUCTION_ %05)
in the City of Newport
Beach,
in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
Newport Beach;
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance of said
contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, We, VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
as Principal, and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MUTUAL COMPANY
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of one Million
Seven Hundred Forty —Three Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty— Six-------------- Dollars ($ 1 +743,926.00
,
said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to
the said City or its certain attorney, its successors, and assigns; for which payment
well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal,
his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all
things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, con-
ditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein
provided on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner
therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and
shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers and agents,
as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and virtue.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the
work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall
in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice
i
L,
I
17
i II
Page 11
y
Faithful Performance Bond (Continued)
of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the
contract or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and
Surety above named, on the 6th day of May , 19--U—.
r
Valley Crest Landscape, Inc.
Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch Mana
Authorized Signature and Title
Employers Insurance of Wausau a Mutual Company
(Seal)
Name of Surety
3130 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90010
Address soofSuSurety
Signature and itla MfXjkjkMjV dXfM§ t
Tresia Costello, Attorney —in —Fact
Address of Agent
Telephone No. of Agent
a?
�(6\g
e� �a
o� \F any N O OGVa
`GOa�G:GOmp
vpo a
a N \��22p�\.2�p
Opt `6192\ / \�SJ p�
d Rio \ dN0
3 4 000 4 m01 mo' p92
o o N V d0 m
0 h m \ 9Il QA
�j @N OP N di� � Pd /9
0 10 0. �\A 90 p. 2
7 00„
0
P6
6 \ �
dul
\
and o cfo P \ o
G
� N 0�Q 'f0 O * O P
r O
NGd N �V �j N
P d �P
N ^� 0 £ O, G7
�. d d
Y P� i o
N.
y d d P O
Of O N 0.
lO G O O
nO� A�iFn d oc 6.
6
d0
1 7`Z� �Yy
d �
�o
m
S,
00
d�
2
a N
°n
Ol
w 0ON p
S�d�4nA w cq? C
C
LIDO O, Ip d1 N p 0c0
[D� ,v tP N �SQY O TA
s OA N
0�3 0� C CI o q In
ice'
o�9
K N
ri iP,s N G N •
r m 3 �5 p- K
£ N
N NN GG i'�r• N
y N R � N `G O+• _
CT
p OY•
c
n N ��
.�py�k0
G O O
CT
M ~ 7.� O B. d
0 y ti 00
N f O N- A
m N 0
(D
O Cc
�y G y
tr y j
- s �
No. 220 -002- 0 13 5 3
EMPLOYERS INSURANCE Of WAUSAU A Mutual Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Wisconsin, and having its principal office in the City of Wausau, County of Marathon, State of
Wisconsin, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint
its true and lawful attorney- in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute,
seal, acknowledge and deliver ANY OR ALL BONDS, UNDERTAKINGS, RECOGNIZANCES OR OTHER WRITTEN
OBLIGATIONS IN THE NATURE THEREOF. INCLUDING CONSENTS OF SURETY AND WAIVERS TO THE
Y CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTS. NOT TOEXCEED THE PENAL SUM OF TEN MILLION DOLLARS
? ($10 0,000,000
o
ion thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with
the corporate seal of the corporation and duly attested by its secretary hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said
Z attorney -in -fact may do in the premises.
CL This powerof attorney is granted pursuantto the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directorsofsaid Company ata
Q meeting duly called and held on the 18th day of May, 1973, which resolution is still in effect:
w ' RESOLVED, that the President and any Vice President— elective or appointive— of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF
dWAUSAU A Mutual Company be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute powers of attorney qualifying
Q the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute on behalf of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A
H Mutual Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of suretyship; and that any secretary or assistant secretary be.
O and that each or any of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such power of attorney, and to attach
Z thereto the seal of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE. OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company."
w
"FURTHER RESOLVED, thatthe signatures of such officers andtheseal of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU
O A Mutual Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and
Q any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding
upon the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company when so affixed and in the future with respect
Z to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached."
w IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company has caused these presents to be
W signed by the vice president and attested by its assistant secretary, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this I5 th day
ZF
¢ of November 19-800—
_ C/)
/,.• EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company
Z
= SEALyt
~/ BY o�ay'�177►YfJ
Q
R. D. Farnswort Vice President
}
W Attest:
Z
cr
O
D. J. Borrell Assistant Secretary
Q STATE OF WISCONS )
t
O ) ss.
COUNTY OF MARATHON) November 80
W On this LS th day of —, 19—, before me personally came
R. D. Farnsworth _ to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose
0- and say that he is a vice president of the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, the corporation
O described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows theseal of said corporation; that theses) affixed tosaid
J instrument is such corporate seal and that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he
signed his name thereto by like order.
Q IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year herein first above
written.
U Donna Lutzow 1 0 Notary Public
U) NOTARY PUBLIC
T STATE OF WISCONSIN
MY COMMISSION IS PERMANENT
STATE OF WISCONSIN ) CERTIFICATE
CITY OF WAUSAU ) ss.
COUNTY OF MARATHON )
I, the undersigned, assistant secretary of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, a Wisconsin
corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing and attached power of attorney, WHICH MUST CONTAIN A
VALIDATING STATEMENT PRINTED IN THE MARGIN THEREOF IN RED INK, remains in full force and has
not been revoked; and furthermore that the resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in the power of attorney is still in force.
Signed and sealed in the City of Wausau, Marathon County,y, State of Wisconsin, this 6th day
of May .19 87. 1 J1 /1 �1
SEAL D. J.
t,, 1
Assistant Secretary
NOTE: IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE VALIDITY OR WORDING OF THIS POWER OF
ATTORNEY, CALL TOLL FREE (800) 826 -1661. (IN WISCONSIN, CALL (800) 4720041).
' • CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 1 Page 12
'City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, CA 92663
NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED
A Industrial Indemnity
t;Ompany B Industrial Indemnity of Hawaii
Letter
eery C Self Insured
ter
pany
7
E
JdnLa Ana, LA JUU4 1 LeLLer
its is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named
Iove and are in force at this time, including attached endorsement(s).
TE: The Comprehensive General Liability and Automotive Liability policies are endorsed
with the attached City of Newport Beach Endorsements.
'ANCELLATION: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled or coverage reduced
before the expiration date thereof, th9- Insurance Company affording coverage
shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by
registered mail, attention: Public Works Department.
�U E-PR R. SNEDEKER
vlCE_PRESIDENT Fred S. James 8 Company
Agonry;
Authorized Representative
Da *.e: May 6, 1987 Telephone: (415)983 -5600
Description of operations /locations /vehicles: All operations performed for the City of Newport
ach by or on behalf of the named insured in connection with the following designated contract:
I
e
NOTICE: This certificate or verification of Insurance is not an insurance policy and does not
amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwith-
standing any requirement, term, or condition of any contract or other document with
respect to which this certificate or verification of insurance may be issued or may
pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all
the terms, exclusions --1 conditions of such policies, including attached endorsements.
Policy
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
IN THOUSANDS
000
?MPANY
TYPES OF INSURANCE
Policy
Exp.
Ag.Produ
:TTER
COVERAGE REQUIRED
No.
Date
Each
Complete.
Occurrence
Operatio
GENERAL LIABILITY
Bodily Injury
$
$
x Comprehensive Form
'x
Premises - Operations
Property Damage
$
$
A
x Explosion & Collapse Hazard
SG883-
4/1/87
X Underground Hazard
0033
to
x Products /Completed Operations
4/1/88
Bodily Injury
'
Hazard
and Property
x Contractual Insurance
Damage Combined
$ 1,000
$1,000
x Broad Form Property Damage
'
x Independent Contractors
x Personal Injury
Marine
Personal Injury
$ 1,000
Aviation
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY
'
❑x Comprehensive Form
Bodily Injury
$
SG883—
4/1/87
(Each Person
Owned
0033
$
Bo d! y Injury
A
4/1/88
Each Occurrence
'
0 Hired
Proeertz Dama e
Bodily njury an
❑x Non -owned
Property Damage
'
Combined
$ 1,000
EXCESS LIABILITY
'
® Umbrella Form
ZS899-
4/1/87
Bodily Injury
B
❑ Other than Umbrella Form
4538
to
and Property
$ 3,000
$ 3,000
4/1/88
Damage Combined
'
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
7/1/78
Statuto
ac
C
and
to
EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
Continuou
Accident
■
TE: The Comprehensive General Liability and Automotive Liability policies are endorsed
with the attached City of Newport Beach Endorsements.
'ANCELLATION: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled or coverage reduced
before the expiration date thereof, th9- Insurance Company affording coverage
shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by
registered mail, attention: Public Works Department.
�U E-PR R. SNEDEKER
vlCE_PRESIDENT Fred S. James 8 Company
Agonry;
Authorized Representative
Da *.e: May 6, 1987 Telephone: (415)983 -5600
Description of operations /locations /vehicles: All operations performed for the City of Newport
ach by or on behalf of the named insured in connection with the following designated contract:
I
e
NOTICE: This certificate or verification of Insurance is not an insurance policy and does not
amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwith-
standing any requirement, term, or condition of any contract or other document with
respect to which this certificate or verification of insurance may be issued or may
pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all
the terms, exclusions --1 conditions of such policies, including attached endorsements.
IL
It
11
11
• CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE
is agreed that:
i
Page 13
With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Bodily Injury and
Property damage Liability, the City of Newport Beach, The Irvine Company, Metropolitan
Water District of Southern California, the Irvine Ranch Water District, the Mesa
Consolidated Water District, their officers and employees are additional insureds, but
only with respect to liability for damages arising out of the ownership, maintenance or
use of automobiles (or autos) used by or on behalf of the named insureds in connection
with the contract designated below. The insurance extended by this endorsement to said
additional insureds does not apply to bodily injury or property damage arising out of
automobiles (1) owned by or registered in the name of an additional insured, or (2)
leased or rented by an additional insured or (3) operated by an additional insured. The
insurance afforded the additional named insureds shall apply as primary insurance and no
other insurance maintained by the additional insureds will be called upon to contribute
with insurance provided by this policy.
2. The policy includes the following provision:
' "The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured who is seeking
coverage or against whom a claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the
limits of the Insurance Company's liability."
' 3. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insureds named in
paragraph 1 of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below for either Multiple
' Limits or Single Limit, whichever is indicated by the letter X in the appropriate box.
( ) Multiple limits
' Bodily Injury Liability $ each occurrence
' Property Damage Liability $ each occurrence
(XX) Single Limit
' Bodily Injury Liability
and
Property Damage Liability
' Combined $ 1,000,000 each occurrence
The limits of liability as stated in paragraph 3 of this endorsement shall not increase
' the total liability of the Insurance Company for all damages as the result of any one
accident or occurrence in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as
applicable to Automobile Liability Insurance.
' 4. Should the policy be cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof,
the Insurance Company shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach
by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department.
15. Designated Contract: BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -2505)
(Project Title and Contract No.)
'This is effective May 6, 1987 at 12:01 A.M. and forms a part of
Policy No. SG833 -0033
' Named Insured valley Crest Landscape, Inc. Endorsement No. 13 -704
Name of Insurance Company Industrial Indemnity
C/o re me &J�omp
. By !ko
Authorize epresentative /Edward R. Snedeker, Vice President
.1
E It is agreed that:
0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
i
Page 14
With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Comprehensive General
Liability, the City of Newport Beach, The Irvine Company, their officers and employees
are additional insureds, but only with respect to liability arising out of operations
performed by or on behalf of the named insureds in connection with the contract
designated below or acts and omissions of the additional insureds in connection with
their general supervision of such operations. The insurance afforded said additional
insureds shall apply as primary insurance and no other insurance maintained by the addi-
tional insureds will be called upon to contribute with insurance provided by this
policy.
The policy includes the following provision:
"The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured against whom
claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the Insurance
Company's liability."
The insurance afforded by the policy for contractual Liability Insurance (subject to the
terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability
assumed by the named insured under the indemnification or hold harmless provision con-
tained in the written contract, designated below, between the named insured and the
additional insureds.
' 4. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by this policy, the exclusions, if any,
pertaining to the explosion hazard, collapse hazard and underground property hazard
(commonly referred to as "XCU" hazards) are deleted.
' 5. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insureds named in
paragraph 1 of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below for either Multiple
' Limits or Single Limit, whichever is indicated by the letter X in the appropriate box.
( ) Multiple limits
' Bodily Injury Liability $ each occurrence
Property Damage Liability $ each occurrence
( ) Single Limit
' Bodily Injury Liability
and
Property Damage Liability
Combined $ 1.000.000 each occurrence
The applicable limit of the Insurance Company's liability for the insurance afforded for
contractual liability shall be reduced by any amount paid as damages under this endorse-
ment in behalf of the additional insureds.
' The limits of liability as stated in this endorsement shall not increase the total
liability of the Insurance Company for all damages as the result of any one occurrence
in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as applicable to Comprehensive
General Liability Insurance.
' 6. Should the policy be cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof,
the Insurance Company shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach
by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department.
7. Designated Contract: BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION 2505
Project Title and Contract No.)
This is effective May 6, 1987 at 12:01 A.M. and forms a part of
Policy No, SG883 -0033
Named Insured valley Crest Landscape, Inc. Endorsement No. 13 -704
Name of Insurance Company Industrial Indemnity
c/o Fred S. James Company
By _�'�Lf1� >CI �� r �°i��
Authorized Representative Edward R. Snedeker, vice President
t• Page 15
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this ay of 19
by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, hereinafter "City," n Valley
Crest Landscape, Inc. hereinafter "Contract r is made with
reference to the following facts:
(a) City has heretofore advertised for bids for the following
described public work:
BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION 2505
Title of Project Contract No.
(b) Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsi-
ble bidder on said public work, and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set
forth in this contract, is based upon a careful examination of all plans and
specifications by Contractor,
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all of the work
for the construction of the following described public work:
BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION 2505
Title of Project Contract No.
which project is more fully described in the contract documents. Contractor
shall perform and complete this work in a good and workmanlike manner, and in
accordance with all of the contract documents.
2. As full compensation for the performance and completion of this
work as prescribed above, City shall pay to Contractor the sum of One Million Seven
Hundred Forty-three Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-six and 20 100 01,743,926.20
This compensation includes 1 any loss or damage arising from the nature of the
work; (2) any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstruc-
tions in the performance of the work; (3) any expense incurred as a result of any
suspension or discontinuance of the work; but excludes any loss resulting from
earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves,
and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the work by City.
3. All of the respective rights and obligations of City and Contractor
are set forth in the contract documents. The contract documents are incorporated
herein by reference as though set out in full and include the following:
(a) Notice Inviting Bids
(b) Instruction to Bidders and documents referenced therein
(c) Payment Bond
(d) Faithful Performance Bond
(e) Certificate of Insurance and endorsement(s)
I
F
I
;1
I
1
lu
i
n
I
I
I
• r Page 16
(f) Plans and Special Provisions for
BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION 250s
Title of Project Contract No.
(g) This Contract.
4. Contractor shall assume the defense of, and indemnify and hold
harmless, City and its officers, employees and representatives from all claims,
loss or damage, except such loss or damage proximiately caused by the sole
negligence of City or its officers, employees and representatives.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to
be executed the day and year first above written.
ATTEST:
City Clerk %a
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
City orney
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC. -
11P of ContAacAr (Pri pal)-
Authorized Signature and fitle
Thomas C. Donnelly, Branch Mfinager
Authorized Signature and Title
License #133947C -27&A
Federal ID #95- 1590418
CITY
0 0
April 6, 1987
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
' PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Revised bid quantities)
' BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION
' CONTRACT NO. 2505
NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
' BIDDERS shall propose to complete Contract No. 2505 in accordance with the
contract documents, the proposal, the plans, the specifications; and as modified
' by this Addendum, which must be attached to the bid proposal when submitted.
I. CLARIFICATIONS AND CORRECTIONS
'
A. On -Site Sewer
1. Sewer pipe materials shall be as specified in Section 23.9 of the
Special Provisions (p. SP 14). Pipe material is PVC
'
(PolyVinylChloride), not VCP as is indicated on the "profile view"
on plan sheet C -3.
'
2. Also note that the "plan view" representation of the sewer line on
plan sheet C -3 is schematic only. The sewer is not adequately
represented in location or scaled length on sheet C -3, instead refer
lo plan sheet C -2. Note that the construction note bubbles are
'
shown on sheet C -2.
3. Summary: Sewer profile as per plan sheet C -3, sewer plan view as
per sheet C -2, sewer material as specified in Special Provisions
Section 23.9.
'
B. On -Site Drainage
1. Storm Drain
'
a. There is a transposition error in the bid proposal in bid items
no. 2 and no. 3.
'
b. The bid quantity for item no. 2 is correct, but the drain pipe
size is not. Revise bid item no. 2 to read 787 LF of 18" RCP,
not 24" RCP.
'
c. The bid quantity for item no. 3 is correct, but the drain pipe
size is not. Revise bid item no. 3 to read 186 LF of 24" RCP,
'
not 18" RCP
d. There is a bid item error for item no. 5. Revise the junction
structure quantity from 6 EA to 7 EA for bid 'item no. 5.
'
e. There is a bid error for item no. 6. Revise the pre -cast
concrete catch basin quantity from 2 EA to 3 EA.
I
rl
L
J
I
I
C -2502 Bonita Creek Park Construction Addendum No. 1
Page 2
2. Sub -Drain
0
a. The bid quantity for bid item no. 11 is incorrect. Revise the
bid quantity from 6,716 LF to 7,909 LF. This quantity reTlects
the 'wal�ains" depicted on p a—T n sheet C -3.
b Note that the sub - drains shown on plan sheet C -3 vary in size.
"Wall Drains" are 4" diameter drains. Those marked as type "I"
(depicted by a roman numeral I in a circle) are 4" diameter sub -
drains. Those marked as type "II" (depicted by a roman numeral II
in a circle) are 6" diameter sub - drains.
c. Refer to plan sheet C -3. The quantity block (lower right -hand
corner) does not reflect the wall drain quantity. Bid item no.11
as revised above includes wall drain and 4" sub -drain footage.
The "end cap" quantity should be revised from 29 to 35.
II. SPECIAL PROVISIONS CHANGES
A. Section 23.5, "Asphalt Concrete"
1. Paragraph 4 of page SP 12 shall be modified to read the following:
"The finish courses of asphalt concrete shall be 1 inch in compacted
thickness. Each lane of the top layer, once commenced shall be
placed without interruption."
2. A "prime coat" will not be required over the bike trail portion of
the paved areas.
3. Paving "header" boards will not be required at the edge of the bike
trail where there is a rip -rap berm to join. Refer to note no. 9 of
the structural specifications at the bottom - center of plan sheet no.
A -18.
' Ple se sign and date this addendum, and attach it to your bid proposal.
' Benj min B. Nolan ,
Public Works Director
I have carefully examined this addendum and have made the correc-
tions to the bid proposal, plans and specifications as required hereinabove.
i
Bidder's Name VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE INC.
' Date April 16, 1987 Authorized Signature S /Thomas C. Donnelly
' Signatory's Title Branch Manager
0 0
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
INDEX
Section Page
L_.I
1
Specifications
SP 1
2
Drawings
SP 1
3
Location and Scope of Work
SP 1
4
Definition of Terms
5
Award of Contract, Time of Completion and
Time of Commencement of Work
SP 2
6
7
Progress Schedule
Order of Work
SP 2
SP 2
8
Payment
SP 3
9
Construction Water Development
SP 3
10
Guarding Underground Construction
SP 3
11
Cooperation with Utility Relocations
SP 3
12
Protection of Existing Utilities
SP 4
13
Guarantee
SP 5
14
Construction Survey Staking
SP 5
15
Liability Insurance
SP 5
16
Permits
SP 6
17
Traffic Control & Signing
SP 6
18
Access
SP 6
19
Job Safety
SP 6
20
Working Hours
SP 6
21
Erosion Control
SP 7
22
Project Site Maintenance
SP 7
23
Construction Details
SP 7
23.1 Earthwork
SP 7
23.2 Subgrade Preparation
SP 10
23.3 Relative Compaction
SP 10
23.4 Aggregate Base
SP 10
23.5 Asphalt Concrete
SP 11
23.6 Portland Cement Concrete
SP 12
23.7 Storm Drains and Drainage Structures
SP 13
23.8 Adjust Water Manholes to Grade
SP 14
23.9 Construction of Sewers and Appurtenances
23.10 Final Clean Up
SP 14
SP 15
23.11 Concrete Structures
SP 15
23.12 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
SP 18
23.13 Concrete Paving, Steps, Bands
and Mowstrips
SP 19
23.14 Conduit Sleeves
SP 23
23.15 Skinned Infield Areas
SP 24
23.16 Surface for Basketball Court
SP 24
23.17 Site Furnishings
SP 25
23.18 Unit Masonry
SP 27
L_.I
0
INDEX
(continued)
Section
23.19 Welded Wire Backstop & Line Fencing
23.20 Metal Fabrications
23.21 Waterproofing
23.22 Sealants
23.23 Landscape Irrigation System
23.24 Landscape Planting
ELECTRICAL
16010 Electrical General Provisions
16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
16111 Conduit and Wire
16160 Panelboards and Terminal Cabinets
16191 Sound Control
16425 Switchboards
16500 Lighting Fixtures
ii
Page
SP 31
SP 32
SP 36
SP 36
SP 39
SP 48
1 r i
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Special Provisions
BONITA CREEK PARK
CONTRACT NO. 2505
1 1. SPECIFICATIONS
All work shall be completed in accordance with these Special
Provisions, the City's Standard Special Provisions, and the City's Standard
Drawings and Specifications. The City's Standard Specifications are the Stand -
dard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1985 edition. Copies may
be purchased from Building News, Inc., 3055 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles, CA
90034 (213) 870 -9871.
2. DRAWINGS
The complete set of drawings for bidding and construction shall
consist of the following:
A. Park improvement plans for Bonita Creek Park, 2801 La Salud,
City of Newport Beach Drawing No. P- 5125 -5, Sheets Cl —C3, A3 —A24, AC1 —AC2, El—
E6, P1 —P4, and L1 —L17, inclusive.
B. The City of Newport Beach Standard Drawings, 1985 edition.
3. LOCATION AND SCOPE OF WORK
The work to be accomplished under this contract consists of the
construction of park improvements for Bonita Creek Park, 2801 La Salud, Newport
Beach, California.
The work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials, vehi-
cles, tools, machines, equipment and incidentals to accomplish the construction
of a multi — purpose community building, placement of select import, finish gra-
ding (park site rough grade has been established), asphalt and concrete improve-
ments, construction of curb and gutter, asphalt concrete over aggregate base
pavement, concrete walls, sidewalks, decorative paving, steps, bleacher levels,
' bands, concrete block walls, site and athletic field lighting, construction of
storm drain, sub —drain and sewer facilities, minor concrete structures,
landscape irrigation and planting and miscellaneous appurtenant work as shown on
the plans; provide qualified supervision and all other items necessary to pro-
fvide complete improvements to the satisfaction of the City of Newport Beach.
All work hereunder shall conform to the Standard Specifications, of
the City of Newport Beach, and these Special Provisions.
In the event of any discrepancy between these Special Provisions
and the Standard Specifications, including the plans, the plans and Special
Provisions shall govern where they require a higher quality of workmanship
and /or materials.
SP 1
i • �
4. DEFINITION OF TERMS
Attention is directed to Section 1 -2 of the Standard Specifica-
tions.
A. Owner City of Newport Beach
Public Works Department
3300 Newport Boulevard
P.O. Box 1768
Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915
B. Engineer Public Works Director
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915
Contact Person: Jeff Staneart
C. Consulting Engineer Eichenberger, Fennell & Associates
3505 Cadillac Avenue, Suite P101
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Contact Person: Dave Fennell
5. AWARD OF CONTRACT, TIME OF COMPLETION AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
I The award, if made, will be within 60 days after the opening of
bids.
All items of work shown on the plans, described in these Special
Provisions and listed as items in the bid proposal shall be completed within 120 -
CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS after the City Council awards the contract.
The Contractor's schedule shall take into account and allow time
allowances for work to be accomplished by the various utilities providing ser-
vice. In submitting his bid, the Contractor shall consider traffic control
requirements, access and limitation on hours of construction.
6. PROGRESS SCHEDULE
1 After notification of award and prior to start of any work, submit
to the Engineer for approval a proposed construction schedule in accordance with
Subsection 6 -1 of the Standard Specifications.
7. ORDER OF WORK
The construction schedule shall reflect completion of all work
under the contract within the specified time and shall provide for construction
of all underground improvements prior to the construction of street improvements
or finish hardscape.
rfull compensation for conforming to this article shall be consi-
dered as included in the various contract items of work involved, and no
additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
SP 2
1 • •
8. PAYMENT
The unit or lump sum prices bid for the various items of work
shall be considered as full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equip-
ment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work in place, and no additional
compensation will be made therefor. Compensation for work shown on the plans or
described in the specifications, but not separately provided for in the bid
proposal, shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of work
1 listed in the bid proposal and no additional compensation will be allowed there-
for.
9. CONSTRUCTION WATER DEVELOPMENT
A. Water Development: The Contractor shall furnish and install
all materials, meters, etc. necessary to develop a water supply for all water
required work and for furnishing and applying all water necessary to complete
the various items of work. If the Contractor desires to use available City
water, it shall be his responsibility to make arrangements by contacting the
City Utilities Department at (714)644 -3011.
B. Payment: The cost of developing, furnishing, and applying all
water shall be considered as included in the various items of work, and no
additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
10. GUARDING UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION
1 Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to Section 306 -1 of
the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
1 The walls and faces of all excavations over 5 feet in depth shall
be effectively guarded by a shoring system, sloping of the ground, or other
equivalent means. Trenches less than 5 feet in depth shall also be guarded when
examination indicates hazardous ground movement may be expected.
The Contractor shall obtain a permit to perform excavation or
trench work form the Division of Industrial Safety, State of California, prior
to any construction.
Compensation for guarding underground construction and complying
with al l the provisions of this section including the cost of providing al l
necessary information to obtain the permit and the cost of complying with the
I provisions of the permit shall be included in the various items of work and no
additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
11. COOPERATION WITH UTILITY RELOCATIONS
A. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements in Subsec-
tion 5 -6, "Cooperation," and 7 -7, "Cooperation and Collateral Work," of the
Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall cooperate with utilities which require ad-
justment /relocation including Pacific Telephone and Southern California Edison
facilities as noted on the plan sheets and allow them sufficient time for
completion of their work.
Full compensation for conforming to this article shall be consi-
dered as included in the various contract items of work involved, and no addi-
tional compensation will be allowed therefor.
ISP 3
12. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
All underground utilities as shown on these plans are plotted from
existing records and general observation in the field and are shown for the
information of the Contractor only. The Contractor shall verify the position
and elevation of these utilities and shall protect said utilities during the
course of the construction. If the Contractor discovers underground facilities
not indicated on the plans or in the Special Provisions, he shall immediately
give the Engineer written notification of the existence of such facilities.
Such facilities shall be protected from damage as directed by the Engineer.
Delays of the contract caused by utility work for utilities not shown on the
plans my occur and will be considered an acceptable cause for the time extension
but no idle time compensation will be allowed.
The construction will cause work to be performed over, under and
very near existing telephone, electrical and gas lines. The Contractor shall
protect in place and be responsible for, at his own expense, any damage to
utilities encountered during construction of the items shown on the plans.
Attention is directed to Section 5, "Utilities," and Subsection 7-
9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements," of the Standard Speci-
fications and these Special Provisions.
If the Contractor wishes to have any utility located, he shall
contact the responsible agency at least 48 hours prior to construction in the
immediate vicinity of the utility.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the utility notification
service provided by UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA). USA member utilities will
provide the Contractor with the locations of their substructures in the con-
struction area when the Contractor gives at least 48 hours notice to the Under-
ground Service Alert by calling 1- 800 - 422 -4133.
The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting directly all
utility companies having facilities within the work area to determine the loca-
tions of their substructures.
The Contractor shall be responsible for accurate field locations
and protection of all pipes or structures in the work area whether shown on the
plans or not. The following is a partial list of those persons to contact and
their phone numbers:
' A. Southern California Edison Company
7333 Bolsa Avenue
I Westminster, CA 92683
Chris Cartwright - (714) 895 -0203
B. Southern California Gas Company
1919 S. State College Boulevard
P.O. Box 3334
Anaheim, CA 92803 -3334
1
Gary Bingham - (714) 634 -3122
C. Pacific Bell
3160 RedhiII
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Paige Blouin - (714) 966 -6222
i
SP 4
D. City of Newport Beach (Sewer and Water)
949 West 16th Street
I Newport Beach, CA 92663 -3884
Gil Gomez — (714) 644 -3011
E. Teleprompter Corp, of Newport Beach
901 West 16th Street
Newport Beach, CA
Paul Morgan (714) 642 -3260
13. GUARANTEE
The Contractor shall guarantee for a period of one year, after
acceptance of the work by the City Council, all materials and workmanship
against any defects whatsoever. Any such defects shall be repaired at the
Contractor's expense within 15 days of notice to do so from the City.
14. CONSTRUCTION SURVEY STAKING
Field surveys for control of construction shall be the responsi-
bility of the Contractor. All such surveys, including construction staking,
shall be under the supervision of a California licensed surveyor or civil engi-
neer. Staking shall be performed on all items ordinarily requiring grade and
alignment at intervals normally accepted by the agencies and trades involved.
Payment for construction survey staking shall be considered as included in the
various items of work, and no additional allowance will be made therefor.
15. LIABILITY INSURANCE
1
Section 7 -3 of the
Standard Specifications is hereby amended as
follows:
The word "Agency,"
where used in this section, shall include the
City of Newport Beach, the County of Orange, and Eichenberger, Fennell & Asso-
ciates.
A standard "Special
Endorsement of Insurance for Contract Work for
City" form has been been adopted
by the City. This form is to be attached and
made a part of all policies of insurance
acceptable to the City. The successful
1
low bidder will be required to complete this form upon award of contract. A
copy of this form is included herein for the Contractor's review. The minimum
limits of liability and coverage
shall be:
Multiple Limits:
Bodily Injury
$500,000 each person
$1,000,000 each occurrence
Property Damage
$200,000 each occurrence
$500,000 aggregate
Single Limit
$2,000,000 Bodily Injury
and Damage Combined
i
SP 5
1 •
16. PERMITS
The Contractor shall obtain the following permits prior to any
construction and shall have or obtain a valid City business license:
Permit to perform excavation or trench work from the Division of
Industrial Safety, State of California (see Section 10 "Guarding Underground
Construction ").
The Contractor shall be responsible for making himself aware of
and conducting his operations in accordance with the requirements of these
approvals and permits. All costs involved in complying with these provisions
shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of work, and no addi-
tional compensation will be made therefor.
17. TRAFFIC CONTROL AND SIGNING
The Contractor shall provide sufficient signing and barricades to
protect the motorists, pedestrians, bicyclists and construction personnel. All
barricading and construction signing shall be in conformance with the Plans and
the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook as published by Building News, Inc., 3055
Overland Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90034. Sole determination as to the adequacy
of construction signing and barricading shall be made by the City of Newport
Beach Traffic Engineer, Supplemental signing and barricading required in the
opinion of the City of Newport Beach to protect the public shall be immediately
erected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify City Fire and Police
Departments regarding the construction project and potential traffic congestion
road restrictions, closures or detours.
' 18. ACCESS
Vehicular and pedestrian access shall be maintained at all times
to residences adjacent to the project area; however, should conditions preclude
such access, closures shall be permitted for reasonable periods of time (as
determined by the Engineer), access shall be restored at the end of each work
day.
19. JOB SAFETY
Contractor confirms that he is aware of all terms and provisions
of CAL —OSHA Safety Orders which pertain to the work described herein. Contrac-
tor is required to comply with all of said Construction Safety Orders and to
take all necessary steps to insure that all representatives, employees, and
agents of the Contractor on the jobsite will be fully knowledgeable of said
Construction Safety Orders and that they are followed.
�. 20. WORKING HOURS
City ordinance limits working hours (including equipment mainte-
nance) to Monday through Friday from 7 a.m. to 6:30 p.m, and Saturday from
8 a. m. to 6 p.m. Violators are subject to citation and fine. Permission is
required in advance by City for any Saturday work.
ISP 6
0 0
21. EROSION CONTROL
It is anticipated that surface and ground or other waters may be
encountered at various times and locations during the work herein contemplated.
The Contractor, by submitting a bid, acknowledges that he has investigated the
risks arising from water and has prepared his bid accordingly. The Contractor
shal 1 conduct his operations in such a manner that storm or other waters may
proceed uninterrupted along their existing street and drainage courses. Diver-
sion of water for short reaches to protect construction in progress will be
permitted if public or private properties are not damaged or, in the opinion of
the Engineer, are not subject to the probability of damage.
Surface runoff water containing mud, silt, or other deleterious
material from the project area shall be treated by filtration or retention in a
settling basin or basins, sufficient to prevent such waters from entering storm
drains or tidal waters.
The Contractor shall submit his proposed methods of construction
and sedimentation controls to the City and the Water Quality Control Board,
Santa Ana Region (6833 Indiana Avenue, Suite 1, Riverside, California 92506,
telephone (714) 684 -9330, Mr. Hasam Bagai or Mr. Gary Stewart) within two weeks
after award of contract. Upon approval of the plan. by the City and the Board,
the Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation and maintenance of
the control facilities.
All costs involved in any dewatering or desilting operations shall
be included in the price bid for the related construction items requiring de—
watering or desilting and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
22. PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE
The Contractor shall provide project site maintenance in com-
pliance with Part 1, Subsection 7 -8, "Project Site Maintenance," of the Standard
Specifications.
The Contractor shall furnish and operate a self— loading motor
sweeper to keep paved haul areas and routes clear as directed by the Engineer.
23. CONSTRUCTION DETAI
23.1 EARTHWORK
Earthwork shall conform to the provisions of Section 300,
"Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions.
Whenever reference to finished grade is made, it shall be consi-
dered to be the finished surface of the complete facility. Relative compaction
of not less than 90 percent shall be obtained for a minimum depth of 0.5 foot
below the grading plane, including shoulders, whether in excavation or em-
bankment.
After subgrade is made, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer
so he may arrange for inspection of the subgrade.
In connection with earthwork, tests shall be made to conform with
Section 211, "Soils and Aggregate Tests," and the following:
SP 7
Test Test Method
! Relative Compaction No. Calif. 216 & 231
Sand Equivalent No. Calif. 217
Resistance (R— value) No. Calif. 301
! Sieve Analysis No. Calif. 202
Method No. Calif. 216 shall be replaced with Note 2 of ASTM D1557.
Trenches, holes, depressions, and pits caused by the removal of
facilities shall be backfil led with embankment material as provided in Section
! 300, "Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications. Such trenches, holes, depres-
sions, and pits that are in surfaced areas, otherwise to remain undisturbed,
shall be backfilled with material equal to or better in quality and to the same
thickness as the surrounding materials.
When hauling is done over public highways, and when directed by
the Engineer, loads shall be trimmed and all material removed from shelf areas
of vehicles in order to eliminate spilling of material. If directed by the
Engineer, loads shall be watered after trimming to eliminate dust.
Operations shall be conducted in such a manner that existing
highway facilities, and other non — highway facilities which are to remain in
place will not be damaged. Haul routes shall be pre— approved by the City's
Traffic Engineer prior to commencement of any import or export grading opera-
tions.
! A. Unclassified Excavation
Unclassified excavation shall conform to the provisions of Section
300 -2 "Unclassified Excavation," of the Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction and these Special Provisions.
Subsection 301 -1.4 "Subgrade Tolerances," of the Standard Specifi-
cations is amended to read:
Subgrade for pavement, driveways or other roadway
' structures shall not vary more than 0.05 foot (15MM)
from the specified grade and cross section. Subgrade
for subbase or base material shall not vary more than
0.10 foot (30mm) from the specified grade and cross
section. Variations within the above specified
tolerances shall be compensating so that the average
grade and cross section specified are met.
Measurement for payment for unclassified excavation will be based
on volumes obtained from cross — sections within the limits shown on the plans or
! outlined by the Engineer.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this
article and for blading up the material regardless of the number of times it is
required, and subsequent removing or reshaping of the material to the lines and
grades shown on the plans, shall be considered as included in the contract price
! paid for the various items of work involved, and no additional compensation will
be allowed therefor. No payment will be made for material placed in excess of
that required for the structural section.
! SP 8
a 0 0
B. Structure Excavation and Backfill
1) Excavation and backfill for all underground utilities in-
cluding electrical, water, irrigation, sewer, sub —drain and storm drain systems
shall be considered "structure excavation and backfill as per Section 300 -3 of
the Standard Specifications. Due to the agricultural unsuitability of existing
back —bay dredge material, where trenching occurs within areas to be landscaped,
all spoil material shall become property of the Contractor and shall be disposed
of at the Contractor's expense. Backfilling with excavated materials will not
be allowed.
To subsection 300 -3.5, "Structure Backfill," add the following:
lCompaction equipment or methods which may cause excessive dis-
placement or may damage structures, shall not be used.
To subsection 300 -3.5, "Payment," add the following paragraph:
The cost for all structure excavation and backfill required
for reinforced concrete pipes, inlet structure, and junction structures shall be
considered as included in the contract bid prices bid for those various times,
and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Backfill for all structures including trench backfill shall have a
sand equivalent of not less than 30 and shall have a relative compaction of not
less than 90 percent. Such backfill shall conform to the requirements of Sec-
tion 306 of the Standard Specifications.
C. Excess Material
rAll surplus material resulting from grading operations shall be-
come the property of the Contractor who shall dispose of the material off —site
at an approved disposal site acceptable to all cognizant governing agencies and
in accordance with Section 300 -2.6 of the Standard Specifications.
Full compensation for providing all labor, materials, tools,
' equipment, incidentals for doing all work necessary to dispose of surplus ma-
terial shall be included in the contract price for unclassified excavation and
no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
D. Imported Borrow
Plans call for the importation and placement of an 18" layer of
"select" sand or sandy loam top soil in all athletic field areas. It is esti-
mated that approximately 15,172 yards of select import material will be re-
quired.
The Contractor shal 1 supply the Engineer with a sample of sand,
' accompanied by analytical data from an approved soils laboratory, illustrating
degree of compliance. No sand shal l be delivered to the site or used in soil
mix formulation without the prior approval of the Engineer or his agent.
The "select" import material shall have the following minimum
physical characteristics:
i
iSP 9
23.3 RELATIVE COMPACTION
Wherever relative compaction is specified to be determined by Test
Method No. Calif. 216, the relative compaction will be determined by Test Method
No. Calif. 216 or 231. The area, as stated in test method No. Calif. 231, may
be represented by one or more individual test sites.
Laboratory maximum density tests shall be per Section 211 -2.1.
The correction for oversize material as stated in Test Method No. Calif. 215
shall be replaced with Note 2 of ASTM D1557.
' 23.4 AGGREGATE BASE
Untreated base materials shall meet the requirements of Section
400 -2 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
In lieu of the second sentence of Section 200 -1.4.1 of the Stan-
dard Specifications, at least 65 percent, by weight, of the material retained on
the No. 4 sieve shall be crushed particles as determined by Test Method No.
Calif. 205.
Evaluation of gradation and sand equivalent test results shall
conform to the provisions of Subsection 400 -1.4. The gradation and sand equiva-
lent requirements of Subsections 200 -2.3, 200 -2.4, 200 -2.5 and 200 -2.6 shall be
the moving average requirements. Individual test requirements for gradation and
sand equivalent shall be as determined by the Orange County EMA Materials or
other approved testing lab.
SP 10
Physical Properties:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
No. 4 100
No. 10 95 -100
No. 18 90 -100
No. 35 65 -100
No. 60 0 -50
No. 140 0 -20
No. 270 0 -7
Chemistry:
PERMISSIBLE RANGE
a. Salinity (mi1limhos per
centimeter of saturation
extract @ 25 °C)
NIL — 3.0
b. Boron (saturation extract
concentration)
NIL — 1.0 ppm
c. Sodium (sodium adsorption ratio
— SAR) NIL — 6.0
23.2 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Subgrade preparation shall conform
to the provisions in Subsection
301 -1 of the Standard Specifications. No separate
payment will be made for
subgrade preparation. All Contractor's costs of
subgrade preparation shall be
considered to be included in the contract unit prices for items of work which
'
require subgrade preparation.
23.3 RELATIVE COMPACTION
Wherever relative compaction is specified to be determined by Test
Method No. Calif. 216, the relative compaction will be determined by Test Method
No. Calif. 216 or 231. The area, as stated in test method No. Calif. 231, may
be represented by one or more individual test sites.
Laboratory maximum density tests shall be per Section 211 -2.1.
The correction for oversize material as stated in Test Method No. Calif. 215
shall be replaced with Note 2 of ASTM D1557.
' 23.4 AGGREGATE BASE
Untreated base materials shall meet the requirements of Section
400 -2 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
In lieu of the second sentence of Section 200 -1.4.1 of the Stan-
dard Specifications, at least 65 percent, by weight, of the material retained on
the No. 4 sieve shall be crushed particles as determined by Test Method No.
Calif. 205.
Evaluation of gradation and sand equivalent test results shall
conform to the provisions of Subsection 400 -1.4. The gradation and sand equiva-
lent requirements of Subsections 200 -2.3, 200 -2.4, 200 -2.5 and 200 -2.6 shall be
the moving average requirements. Individual test requirements for gradation and
sand equivalent shall be as determined by the Orange County EMA Materials or
other approved testing lab.
SP 10
Add to Subsection 301 -2.1, "General," the following:
Untreated base material for pavement shall be constructed of
material as specified herein.
The material grading shall be either Coarse or fine as specified
in Subsection 200 - 2.4.2, "Grading," of the Standard Specifications, at the
option of the Contractor. Changes from one grading to another shall not be made
during the progress of the work, unless permitted by the Engineer.
Revise Subsection 301 -2.2, "Spreading." as follows:
Delete the last two sentences in paragraph 2 and add the fol-
lowing:
At the time untreated base material is spread, it may have a
moisture content sufficient to obtain the required compaction. Such moisture
1 shall be uniformly distributed throughout the material.
Tailgate spreading by dump trucks will not be permitted except for
spot dumping and in areas not readily accessible to spreading equipment.
A prime coat consisting of Grade MC -70 liquid asphalt shall be
applied to the surface of the prepared base or subbase prior to placing asphalt
concrete at a rate between 0.10 and 0.25 gallon per square yard (0.45 and 1.18
liter per square meter). Grade SC -70 and SC -250 liquid asphalt may be used when
approved by the Engineer.
Payment for aggregate base shall be the contract unit price per
sq. ft. and shal l include ful l compensation for al l labor, materials, tools,
equipment and incidentals and all work involved in construction of aggregate
base and application of prime coat, and no additional compensation will be
allowed therefor.
r23.5 ASPHALT CONCRETE
A. Asphalt Concrete
The asphalt concrete base course shall meet the requirements of
Section 400 -4 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Conditions. The
' asphalt concrete base course shall be Type III —B2 —AR 4000 with 5.4 percent
asphalt content. Course aggregate shall consist of material of which at least
75 percent by weight shall be crushed particles in lieu of the requirements of
Section 400 - 4.2.3.
The asphalt concrete finish course shall be Type III —C3 —AR 4000
with asphalt content between 5 percent and 7 percent.
The sand equivalent and Stabilometer —Value (S— Value) requirements
of Subsection 400 -4.3 shall be the moving average requirements. Individual test
requirements for sand equivalent and S —Value shall be as determined by the
Orange County EMA or other approved materials lab.
If the finished surface of the asphalt concrete on the traffic
lanes does not meet the specified surface tolerances, it shall be brought within
tolerances by either: (1) abrasive griding (followed by fog seal coat on the
areas which have been ground), (2) placing an overlay of asphalt concrete, or
(3) removal and replacement. The method shall be selected by the Engineer.
Modify Subsection 302 -5.3. "Tack Coat ", as follows:
ISP 11
A tack coat of SS —lb type emulsified asphalt, where stipulated on
the plans and specifications or as required by the Engineer, shall be applied in
accordance with Subsection 302 -5.3. AR 1000 paving asphalt may be used only
when approved by the Engineer. AR 1000 paving asphalt, when approved, shall be
spread in accordance with provisions of Section 203 -1.
Add to Subsection 302 -5.4, "Distribution and Spreading," the fol-
lowing:
' Tarpaulins shall be used to cover all loads when directed by the
Engineer.
The finish courses of asphalt concrete shall be 0.17 —foot in
compacted thickness. Each lane of the top layer, once commenced, shall be
placed without interruption.
All screed extensions for paving machines shall be provided with a
tamper, roller or other suitable compacting devices.
Add to Subsection 302.5.5, "Rolling," the following:
tThree — wheeled rollers as specified in Subsection 302 -5.51 shall
not be permitted. Pneumatic rollers shall be required on lower layers only.
Initial breakdown compaction shall consist of a minimum of three
(3) coverages of a layer of asphalt mixture. A pass shal l be a movement of a
roller in both directions over the same path. A coverage shall consist of as
many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap
between passes during any coverage, made to insure compaction without displace-
ment of material in accordance with good rolling practice, shall be considered
to be part of the coverage being made and not part of a subsequent coverage.
Each coverage shall be completed before subsequent coverages are started.
The final or surface layer of asphalt concrete shall not be placed
until all improvements have been completed, including all grading, and until all
unacceptable asphalt concrete is removed and replaced at the direction of the
Engineer.
B. Measurement and Payment
' Measurement and payment for asphalt concrete shall be in accor-
dance with Subsection 302 -5.8 of the Standard Specifications and as specified
herein.
All asphalt concrete shall be measured in sq. ft, and payment will
be made at the contract unit prices, as shown in the Proposal.
Payment for all asphalt work shall include full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing
all work involved in constructing asphalt concrete pavements and overlay, com-
plete in place, and shall include all costs of furnishing and applying prime
coat, tack coat, and paint binder and where required by the plans and these
Special Provisions.
23.6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
All Portland cement concrete shall be Class 520 —C -2500 unless
otherwise specified on the plans. Construction shall be performed according to
the requirements of the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications,
except as herein modified.
SP 12
I
�I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lJ
0 0
The Cleanness Value requirement of Section 200 -1.4 shall be re-
placed with the following:
Tests
Test Method No. Requirements
Cleanness Value: Calif. 227
Individual Test 70 min.
Moving Average 75 min.
Portland cement concrete used for the curb and gutter and sidewalk
shall be securely barricaded immediately following placement, and no vehicular
traffic shall be allowed thereon for four (4) days.
Payment for constructing PCC curb and gutter shall exclude curb
inlet and local depression lengths. However, the unit price bid for construc-
ting PCC curb and gutter shall be applicable where the curb height is less than
8 inches, such as through access ramp depressions, where joining existing curb
and gutter and where curb height is in excess of 8 inches for special curb
sections shown on the plans.
Payment for curb access ramps and landings shall include 4 inches
of sand base with a sand equivalent of 30, and no additional compensation will
be allowed therefor.
23.7 STORM DRAINS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
A. Pipe
Storm drain pipe shall be reinforced concrete pipe of the size and
strength shown on the plans. The pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with
Sections 207 -2 and 207 -6, respectively, of the Standard Specifications.
Storm drain pipe bedding shall conform to City of Newport Beach
Standard 106 —L.
Backfill material in all pipe trenches above the bedding material
and around associated structures shall be placed and compacted in accordance
with Section 306 -1.3 of the Standard Specifications.
B. Drainage Structures
All drainage structures shall be constructed in accordance with
the pertinent City Standard Drawings and details shown on the plans. Al curb
inlets shall have a protection bar installed per City of Newport Beach Standard
300 —L.
C. Measurement and Payment
Payment for storm drain pipe will be made at the contract unit
price per linear foot and shall include all costs of furnishing and installing
pipe, trenching, bedding, pipe laying, back fill and compaction, the abandonment
of existing storm drain pipe and structures, and all appurtenant work, complete
in place, including removal and replacement of existing pavement, improvements
and landscaping.
The contract lump sum or unit prices for the drainage structures
shall include all compensation for furnishing all labor and materials to con-
struct all items as shown in details on the plans for the various locations
including excavation, backfill and compaction, access frames and covers, bulb or
face angles, protection bars, reinforcing steel, rounded entrances to inlet and
outlet pipes, local depressions and all appurtenances, complete in place.
SP 13
23.8 ADJUST MANHOLES TO GRADE
Adjustment of manholes to grade shall conform to Subsections 301-
1.6, 301 -1.7, 302 -5.7 and 202 -1 of the Standard Specifications except as modi-
fied herein.
All manholes to be adjusted shall be raised to the finish A.C.
surface. The frames and covers shall be kept free of tack coat and shall be
thoroughly cleaned of both new and old pavement after being raised to grade.
The Contractor, at his option and expense, may replace the frames and covers in
kind in lieu of cleaning.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and
equipment for "Adjust Sewer and Storm Drain Manholes to Grade" shall be included
in the unit price paid per manhole adjusted.
23.9 CONSTRUCTION OF SEWERS AND APPURTENANCES
A. Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe and Fittings (P.V.C.)
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, fittings,
jointing materials, manholes and appurtenances as shown and specified for a
complete and workable piping system. Al piping shall be adequately supported
where details are shown, the supports shall conform thereto and shall be placed
as indicated; provided that support for all piping shall be complete and ade-
quate regardless of whether or not supporting devices are specifically called
for on the drawings.
P.V.C. pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured by Pacific
Western Pipe or approved equal and shall conform to the requirements set forth
in Section 207 -17 of the Standard Specifications and shall have elastomeric
gasket joints.
P.V.C. sewer pipe shall be bedded in the trench in accordance with
City Standard Drawing No. STD -106 —L except that the bedding material shall be
crushed rock aggregate in accordance with the requirements of Section 200 -1.2 of
the Standard Specifications. Said crushed rock shall be 3/4 inch rock of test
gradation "B ".
B. Maintenance of Continuous Sewer System Service
The Contractor shall furnish all pumps, generators, piping, fit-
tings and any other appurtenances that may be required in order to ensure
complete by— passing of sewage flow during the time the replacement sewer lines
or connections are being constructed. The Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring this by— passing for the duration of the construction period. The
Contractor shall submit a plan to the Engineer for his approval showing his
method of by— passing or plugging of flow prior to beginning any construction.
C. Connections to Existing Facilities
All connections shall be made by the Contractor unless otherwise
shown on the plans or specified herein. The Contractor shal 1 give the City a
minimum of 48 hours notice prior to the time of any proposed connection. Con-
nections shall be made only in the presence of the Inspector, and no connection
work shall proceed until the City has given notice to proceed. The Contractor
shall furnish all pipe and materials, including furnishing all labor and
SP 14
I
LJ
1
1
I
I
i
1
• •
equipment necessary to make the connections, all required excavation, backfiII,
pavement replacements, lights and barricades, and he may be required to include
a pumper or vacuum truck, hose and fittings as part of his equipment for making
the connections.
The Inspector may postpone or reschedule any connection operation
if for any reason he feels that the Contractor is improperly prepared with
competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with connection work.
If progress is inadequate during the connection operations to complete the
connection within the time specified, the Inspector shall order the necessary
corrective measures and all costs for same shall be paid by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for determining in advance the
elevation of all existing pipelines to which connections are to be made. The
Contractor is cautioned of potential danger involved with the work on sewers.
The Contractor shall not enter any City facility without: 1) Checking for
explosive or toxic gases; 2) Approved Safety harness with rope attached and a
minimum of two men outside to render assistance; 3) Adequate air blowers to
prevent injury from toxic or explosive gases.
New connections to existing manholes wherein stubs have not been
provided or where existing stub was found to be broken, shal l be made only by
core drilling through the walls and base. Prior to core drilling the Contractor
shall take the necessary precautions to prevent core drilling into the manhole
at the wrong elevation. Any error in core drilling shall be corrected by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
After core drilling, the manhole shelf shall be removed where
required to form a channel with smooth transitions. All rough edges and over
removal sha11 be filled and smoothed using an approved epoxy grout. Care shall
be taken to prevent any debris from entering the sewer.
23.10 Final Clean U
Upon completion and before making application for acceptance of
the work, the Contractor shall clean all work areas, and all other grounds
occupied by him in connection with the work of all rubbish, excess materials,
temporary structures, and equipment, and all parts of the work and grounds
occupied by him shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this
article shall be considered as included in the contract bid prices paid for the
various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
23.11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES
A. General
Construct concrete columns, seat walls, planter walls, and
footings as shown on the plans and in accordance with the provisions of Subsec-
tions 201 -1 and 303 -1 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein.
Certain items of concrete construction are not included in bid
items under this Section of the special provisions. They are as follows:
1) Concrete bands, sidewalks, decorative paving and steps.
SP 15
0 0
B. Compressive Strength
' Compliance with cement content will be verified in accordance
with procedures described in California Test 518. Batch proportion shall be
adjusted as necessary to produce concrete having the specified cement content.
The compressive strength of concrete shall be determined from
test cylinders which have been prepared and tested in accordance with Subsection
201 -1.1.4 of the Standard Specifications, modified as follows:
One compressive strength test shall consist of one slump test and
' the average strength of 2 cylinders fabricated from material taken from a single
batch of concrete except that if any cylinder should show evidence of improper
sampling, molding, handling or testing, said cylinder shall be discarded and the
strength test shall consist of the strength of the remaining cylinder.
All concrete test cylinders shall be cured at the job site, under
conditions affecting the actual structure, a minimum of 3 days, and then taken
to the testing location where the cylinders will be standard moist cured until
time of testing.
The minimum compressive strength of a test shall be the specified
28 —day strength and the minimum strength of any individual cylinder shall be 95
percent of the specified 28 —day strength. The minimum moving average strength
shall be the specified 28 —day strength.
The frequency of testing shall be one test for every 50 cubic
' yards of pour up to 150 cubic yards and thence one test for each additional 150
cubic yards of pour.
C. Forms
Forms and removal of forms for concrete structures shall conform
to the requirements of Subsections 303 -1.3, 303 -1.4 and the following:
The releasing agents shall be a commercial quality form oil or
other equivalent coating which will permit the ready release of forms and will
not discolor the concrete.
Concrete shall not be deposited in the forms until all work
connected with constructing the forms has been completed, all materials required
to be embedded in the concrete have been placed for the unit to be poured, and
the Engineer has inspected said forms and materials.
' Forms for all concrete surfaces which will not be completely
enclosed or hidden below the permanent ground surface shall conform to the
requirements herein for forms for exposed surfaces.
Prior to the use of each forming system to be used for exposed
surfaces and when requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit shop
drawings in accordance with Subsection 205.3, "Shop Drawings." Drawings shall
indicate design, method of fabrication, and materials.
Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shal 1 be designed and con-
structed so that the formed surface of the concrete does not undulate excessive-
ly in any direction between studs, joists, form stiffeners, form fasteners or
wales. Undulations exceeding either 3122 inch or 1/270 of the center to center
distance distance between studs, joints, form fasteners or wales will be consi-
dered to be excessive. Should any form or forming system, even though previous-
' ly approved for use, produce a concrete surface with excessive undulations, its
use shall be discontinued until modifications satisfactory to the Engineer have
been made. Portions of concrete structures with surface undulations in excess
of the limits stated herein may be rejected by the Engineer.
ISP 16
' 0 0
Al exposed surfaces of each element of a concrete structure
shall be formed with the same forming material or with materials which produce
similar concrete surface textures, color and appearance.
Forms for exposed surfaces shall be faced with form panels. A
form panel shall be considered to be the continuous section of form facing
' material, unbroken by joint marks, against which the concrete is place.
Except when otherwise specified or shown on the plans, panels for
vertical surfaces shall be placed with the long dimension horizontal and with
horizontal joints level and continuous. Form panels on each side of the panel
' joint shall be precisely aligned, by means of supports or fasteners common to
both panels, to result in a continuous unbroken concrete plane surface.
Anchor devices may be cast into the concrete for later use in
supporting forms. The use of driven types of anchorages for fastening forms or
form supports to concrete will not be permitted.
Form bolts and clamps shall be of such types that they can be
removed in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 303 -1.3 of the Standard
Specifications without chipping, spal ling, heating or otherwise damaging the
concrete surface.
All forms shall be removed as specified in the Standard Specifi-
cations.
D. Construction Methods
The concrete in each integral part of the structure shall be
placed continuously and the Contractor will not be allowed to commence work on
any such part unless sufficient material for the concrete is on hand, and its
forces and equipment are sufficient to complete the part without interruption in
the placing of the concrete.
Joints in the concrete due to stopping work shall be avoided as
far as possible. Such joints, when necessary, shall be constructed as directed
by the Engineer.
Construction methods and equipment employed by the Contractor
shall conform to the following:
Loads imposed on existing, new or partially completed structures
Where native material will stand in vertical cut, footings for
retaining and planter walls shall be excavated to neat lines and footing con-
crete placed directly against the sides of the neat excavation without using
side forms. Where concrete is placed against earth without forms, steel cover
depth shall be increased as required by the ACI code, latest revision.
The elevation of the bottoms of footings shown on the plans shall
be considered as approximate only and the Engineer may order, in writing, such
changes in dimensions or elevations of footings as may be necessary to secure a
satisfactory foundation.
ISP 17
shall not exceed the load carrying capacity of the structure, or
portion of
'
structure, as determined by
the Load Factor Design methods of AASHTO
using Load
Group III. The compressive
strength of concrete (f ) to be used in
computing
the load carrying capacity shall
of loading, the value of fc
be the actual compressive strength
shown on the plans for that portion of
at the time
the struc-
ture, or 2.5 times the value
of fc is given, whichever is smaller.
E. Footings
Where native material will stand in vertical cut, footings for
retaining and planter walls shall be excavated to neat lines and footing con-
crete placed directly against the sides of the neat excavation without using
side forms. Where concrete is placed against earth without forms, steel cover
depth shall be increased as required by the ACI code, latest revision.
The elevation of the bottoms of footings shown on the plans shall
be considered as approximate only and the Engineer may order, in writing, such
changes in dimensions or elevations of footings as may be necessary to secure a
satisfactory foundation.
ISP 17
I
I
I
J
r
I
F
1
r,
u
r-,
I
I
•
F. Surface Finishes
Surface finishes for concrete columns, building and planter walls
shall be Class I Surface Finish in accordance with the requirements of Subsec-
tion 303 -1.9.3 of the Standard Specifications and the following:
Construct a 4' wide x 4' long x 4" thick sample panel and apply a
medium sandblast (Class I) finish to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Construct the sample panel utilizing the same concrete mix,
forms, equipment, and methods used for production of the actual structures.
Upon approval by the Engineer, the sample panel shall serve as
the standard of color, texture, and workmanship acceptable for the project.
The sample panel must be approved at least 15 days prior to the
beginning of construction of concrete which is to have Class I surface finish.
Remove the sample panel from the project site upon completion of
the project.
23.12 STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE
A. General
This work consists of furnishing and placing bar reinforcing
steel of the shape, dimensions, locations and details as shown on the plans and
in accordance with Subsections 201 -1 and 303 -1.7 of the Standard Specifications
except as modified herein.
B. Materials
Reinforcing bars shall be deformed billet -steel bars for concrete
reinforcement conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A615,
Grade 60, including Supplementary Requirement S1, or low alloy steel deformed
bars conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A706.
Welded wire fabric shall conform to the specifications of ASTM
Designation: A185.
C. Placing
Accurately place reinforcement as shown on the plans and securely
hold in position by wiring at intersections and splices with 16 -gauge or heavier
wire and by using precast mortar blocks, spacers, metal hangers, supporting
wires, and other approved devices of sufficient strength to resist crushing
under applied loads. Do not use wooden, aluminum or plastic supports. Placing
bars on layers of fresh concrete as the work progresses will not be permitted.
Minimum spacing, coverage and splicing of reinforcement shall be
in accordance with the code requirements of ACI, latest revision.
D. Splicing
Splicing of reinforcing bars shall be by lapping. Minimum lap
distances shall be per the requirements of the ACI code, latest revision.
Determine the location of splices based upon using available
commercial lengths where practicable, but submit the layout of splices to the
Engineer for approval.
Stagger splices in adjacent reinforcing bars. The minimum dis-
tance between staggered splices for reinforcing bars shall be the length re-
quired for a lapped splice in the bar.
SP 18
I
I
I
0 0
Splices made by lapping shall consist of placing the reinforcing
bars in contact and wiring them together in such a manner as to maintain the
alignment of the bars and to provide minimum clearances.
For Grade 60 or A706 reinforcing bars, the length of lapped
splices shall be lapped ar least 24 diameters of the bar joined.
E. Payment
full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this
' article shall be considered as included in the contract bid prices paid for the
various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
23.13 CONCRETE PAVING, STEPS, BANDS AND MOWSTRIPS
A. General
The Contractor shall construct concrete courts, decorative
paving, walks, steps, bands and mowstrips of the form and dimensions shown on
the plans in accordance with Subsections 201 -1, 302 -6 and 303 -5 of the Standard
Specifications except as modified herein.
B. Submittals
1. Submit sample of aggregate with certified sieve analysis to
Engineer for approval.
' 2. Before commencing any work, prepare sample panels of each
finish type not less than 5 ft. x 5 ft, in size, using mix, materials and
workmanship proposed for the actual work, and submit to the Architect and Engi-
neer for approval. Maintain approved sample panels at the job site for compari-
son with the final work as the basis for acceptance of the slab surfaces pro-
duced.
' C. Materials
' 1. Forms: Steel, wood, or ther suitable material of size and
strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal
and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion
and defects.
' a. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to
form radius bends as required.
b. Coat forms with a non — staining form release agent that
will not discolor or deface surface of concrete.
2. Reinforcing Steel: Shall be as per "Steel Reinforcement for
Concrete" Section herein above.
' 3. Concrete Materials:
a. Exposed aggregate: 'San Fernando Stone.' Conform to
ASTM C33, maximum size 3/8 inch.
SP 19
I
I
v
1
I
LJI'
I
I
I
0 •
b. Aggregates: For concrete other than retarded finish use
ASTM C33, except local aggregates of proven durability may be used when accept-
able to Engineer. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete.
Maximum size 112 inch.
c. Cement: Portland Cement, Type II conforming to ASTM C-
150. Use only one brand and color of cement.
d. Water: Clean potab 1 e.
4. Joint Materials:
a. Felt Expansion Joints: Impregnated felt, conforming to
ASTM 1751. Size, height, and location as noted on the drawings.
b. Felt expansion Joint Forming: Capt —it strip as manufac-
tured by Kold —Seal Corporation; 1286 Oddstad Drive; P.O. Box 5823; Redwood City,
California 94063; (415) 364 -8491, or approved equivalent.
c. Premolded Vinyl Joints: Manufactured by Kold —Seal Corp-
oration or approved equivalent.
1) 5 -1/2" thick concrete section (expansion joint) -
KS-76-5".
2) 5 -1/2" thick concrete section (control joint) —
KS- 76- 3 -1/2"
3) 3 -1/2" thick concrete section (expansion joint) -
KS-76-3".
KS- 76- 1 -1/2 ". 4) 3 -1/2" thick concrete section (control joint) —
5) Cap — "Rigid Cap #R /3120 —A"
5. Bond Breaker: Resin type sealer, "Formfilm" by A.C. Horn
Co., "Form— Saver" by Sonneborn, or equivalent.
6. Curing Materials:
a. Curing paper: ASTM C171., non — staining, reinforced.
b. Liquid Curing Compound: Non — staining, complying with
ASTM C309 at manufacturer's recommended rate of application. Deliver curing
compound in unopened labeled containers.
1) For Grey Concrete (non — pigmented): Wax —free, fugi-
tive resin type, Thompson's "Waterseal" or equal.
7. Waterproofing Admixture: Add to all concrete used for ex-
posed slabs to grade. Add in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
SP 20
1 • •
8. Admixtures: Provide admixtures produced by established repu-
table manufacturers and use in compliance with the manufacturer's printed direc-
tions. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in
accepted mixes, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer.
9. Surface Retardent: 'Lithochrome Concrete Surface Retarder,
Top Surface Grade' as manufactured by L.M. Scofield Co., "Rugasol C /S' or
approved equivalent in accordance with written instructions of the manufac-
turer's qualified field service representatives.
10. Patching bond: Weld —crete or approved equivalent.
D. MIX DESIGN
A. Retarded Finish: Develop in consultation with the manufac-
turer of the surface retardant. Provide aggregate exposed specified. Aggregate
size proportions guide is as follows:
1. Sand — Not to exceed 35%
1 2. "San Fernando" Gravel — 3/8 inch maximum — 65%
3. Water Cement Ratio — Not to exceed 6:1
E. EXECUTION
1. General: Coordinate work with related trades. Do not locate
' related work in concrete except as detailed. Locate accurately and secure in
place all inserts, bolts, ties and dowels before pouring, clean and free from
any coating which would reduce their bond. Obtain Engineer's approval of layout
prior to any construction.
' a. Provide preparation work, including sub —grade preparation,
finish grading, setting of forms, dowels and reinforcing
1 for concrete paving at drives.
2. Base Course: Prepare subgrade smooth, true to line and grade,
1 and tested for required compaction of 95% prior to start of placing concrete.
Dampen subgrade 24 hours before placing. RerolI as required. Wet forms to
tighten cracks.
3. Reinforcing Steel: Position, support and secure reinforcement
against displacement. Locate and support with metal chairs, runners, bolster,
spacers and hangers, as required. Set wire tie so ends are directed into
concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
4. Formwork: Stake rigidly at 4 feet o.c. and secure against
' deplacement. Install stretched wires or other devices to indicate displacement.
Do not deviate formwork more than 1/8" from required positions and levels. Do
not remove side forms for sidewalks, gutter depressions, island paving and
1 driveways, less than 12 hours after the finishing has been completed.
1 SP 21
1 a •
1 F. CONCRETE PLACEMENT
' 1. Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, the Engineer shall be
notified for inspection of complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel,
and items to be embedded or cast —in. No concrete shall be placed prior to such
inspection and subsequent approval. Moisten wood forms immediately before
placing concrete where form coatings are not used.
' 2. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and dowels with placement
of forms and reinforcing steel.
3. Comply with ACI 304, placing concrete in a continuous operation within
planned joints or sections. Do not begin placement until work of other trades
affecting concrete is completed.
4. Consolidate placed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment with hand
rodding and tamping so that concrete is worked around reinforcement and other
embedded items and into all part of forms. Do not vibrate forms.
' 5. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement opera-
tions.
6. Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in any direction along a 10 —foot
straightedge for variations in finish surfaces.
7. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather
extremes during mixing, placement and curing.
1. In cold weather comply with ACI 306
2. In hot weather comply with ACI 305.
' G. JOINTS
1. Control Joints: Locate as shown on plans and details, Install per
manufacturer's recommendations. Finish concrete to the top of the joint.
2. Expansion Joints: Locate as shown on plan and details. Install per manu-
facturer's recommendations. Tool edges at felt joints and finish concrete to
the top of premolded vinyl joints. Extend felt fillers full —width and depth of
joint, and not less than 112" or more than 1" below finished surface where joint
sealer is indicated.
3. Design or Tooled Joints:
a. General: Tool joints true to line and profile while concrete is
' plastic. Joint may be started with a straightedge inserted into concrete.
b. Jointing Tool: Tool to 1/4" wide at surface, tapered, with top edges
' rounded to 1/4" radius.
c. Location: As shown in drawings, but in any case not more than 15 ft.
o.c. both ways. Typical sidewalk joints shall be jointed at 5 ft. o.c, as
directed by Architect or Engineer.
' SP 22
I
0 0
H. FINISHING
1. Steel Trowel Finish: Steel trowel and burnish to a smooth, dense, hard
finish.
' 2. Broomed Finish: Broom finish by drawing a fine —hair broom across concrete
surface, in patterns indicated on drawings. Repeat operation if required to
provide a heavy medium texture acceptable to Architect and /or Engineer.
' 3. Retarded Finish:
a. General: Exposed aggregate surface produced by placing specifically
formulated concrete mix, and coating with concrete surface retarder which is
washed off after concrete has set sufficiently to securely bond the aggregate
particles into the slab.
' b. Apply retarder to finished surface, before initial set takes place as
directed by retardant manufacturer, by spray, roller or brush, depending on
retardant consistency. Cover with wet curing paper and cure for not less than
' 10 and not more than 18 hours. Test surface with a knife blade to determine
when to commence work of revealing aggregate.
' c. Edge with a small radius edger before and immediately after the sur-
face aggregate has been embedded.
' d. Reveal aggregate by using water jet and coarse fiber brushes to remove
retarded paste from surface, washing thoroughly until surface is clean and
exposure is complete. Then replace curing paper and maintain moist for at least
7 days.
' e. Provide an aggregate exposure of coarse aggregate particles of 3/8 in
size constituting not less than 60% and not more than 807 of the surface.
' Provide a uniform surface profile of 1/8 inch +/— 1/16 inch.
4. Sandblast Finish: Finish those areas noted to receive sandblast finish
' with a medium grade wet process application as per governing requirements and as
directed by the Engineer.
5. Rock Salt Finish: Steel trowel smooth and level. Add coarse rock salt to
' trowelled concrete and wash off when concrete is cured.
' 23.14 CONDUIT SLEEVES
Conduit sleeves shall be installed as indicated on the plans.
Tops of sleeves shal l be a minimum of 18" below the finished paving surface.
' Sleeve diameters shown on the plans are to accommodate future installations of
PVC irrigation laterals plus PVC pressure conduit with fittings and irrigation
controller wires. Sleeves may run continuous through planter openings. Sleeve
' ends shall be capped in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Sleeves shall be
schedule 40 PVC or heavier.
1 SP 23
0 0
23.15 SKINNED INFIELD AREAS
' A. GENERAL
Install brick dust and clay topping course over all non —turf
infield areas as shown on the plans and in accordance with these special provi-
sions.
' B. MATERIAL
Topping course shall be a 100% imported and premixed blend
derived from crushed brick and brick clay having the following physical and
chemical properties.
Minimum 95% passing 9.5 millimeter standard sieve
" 65% 500 micron standard sieve
30% " 53 if 11 11
42% 53 It 11 "
Minimum .03% extractable calcium based on dry
weight and utilizing 10% sodium acetate extracting
solution.
The blend shall consist of 40% clay and 60% brick —tile,
mechanically blended and screened as manufactured by Corona Clay Co., 628 Lancer
Lane, Corona, California, phone (714) 737 -5667 or an alternate approved sup-
, plier.
C. CONSTRUCTION
' Grade 3" below finish grade to an even uniform slope. Water
surface and rol l to 907 compaction. Instal l the topping course in a single 3
inch lift. Grade to even uniform slope, moisten and rol l with 250 lb water
ballast roller or other appropriate compactive device.
23.16 SURFACE FOR BASKETBALL COURTS
' A. General
Apply pure acrylic color coating per manufacturer's specifica-
tions and in accordance with the provisions of this article.
Application must be made by thoroughly experienced contrac-
t tors. Contractor must be able to show tennis court or basketball court applica-
tions that have been installed at least two years. Both material and applica-
tion must be completely satisfactory to the City.
' B. Application
The surface of all concrete slabs shall be cured six (6)
' weeks before surfacing.
The cured concrete slabs shall be approved before any color
acrylic is applied. Application and mixing is to be in strict accordance with
' Extol Color Coatings, Inc. specifications.
SP 24
0 0
Contractor shall lay out and paint basketball court playing
lines to the exact widths and dimensions as shown on the drawings. Lines shall
have sharp, clean edges.
Allow system to dry to minimum of two (2) days, warm weather,
before permitting play. Do not wash, hose down or sweep until ten (10) days
have elapsed since final coating.
C. Material
Sand — filled acrylic color coating and finish color coating
shall be Extol 3000 as manufactured by Extol Color Coatings, Inc., 10541 —A
Prospect Avenue, Santee, California, 92071, telephone (619) 448 -9311 or approved
' equivalent.
Utilize 60 mesh sand in mixture to achieve slow speed of
play.
' 23.17 SITE FURNISHINGS
' Manufacturer's Directions: Follow manufacturer's directions and
detailed drawings in all cases where the manufacturers furnish directions cov-
ering points not shown in the drawings and specifications.
' Provide all work called for on the drawings by notes or details
whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications.
Contractor shall not install site furnishings or other items when
it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies
in area dimensions exist. Bring such obstructions or differences to the atten-
tion of the Engineer.
C. Submittals
Product Data: Submit five sets of manufacturer's specifications
and shop drawings showing anchor details and installation instructions. Provide
fabrication drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation.
Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
ISP 25
A.
General
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of all site furnishings as shown on
the drawings
and as specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily
limited to, the
following:
1)
Purchase and install precast concrete tree grates, bollards,
game tables and benches.
2)
Purchase and install basketball backboard, post and goal ring.
3)
Purchase and install aluminum seat planking.
4)
Purchase and install bike racks.
'
5)
Purchase and install trash receptacles.
6)
All work of every description mentioned in the specifications
and /or amendments thereto, and all other labor and materials incidental to the
satisfactory
completion of the work including clean —up of the site.
B.
Quality Assurance
' Manufacturer's Directions: Follow manufacturer's directions and
detailed drawings in all cases where the manufacturers furnish directions cov-
ering points not shown in the drawings and specifications.
' Provide all work called for on the drawings by notes or details
whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications.
Contractor shall not install site furnishings or other items when
it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies
in area dimensions exist. Bring such obstructions or differences to the atten-
tion of the Engineer.
C. Submittals
Product Data: Submit five sets of manufacturer's specifications
and shop drawings showing anchor details and installation instructions. Provide
fabrication drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation.
Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
ISP 25
0 0
Submit samples of all precast concrete finish items for approval
prior to installation.
D. Guarantee
' Provide a three year written guarantee, after substantial comple-
tion, signed by the Contractor and Manufacturer, agreeing to replace /repair
defective materials and workmanship, including abnormal aging or deterioration
of materials, and other failures within guarantee period. Guarantee includes
responsibility for removal and replacement of other work affected. Repair and
replace during guarantee period work caused by acts of God and other events
beyond Contractor's and Manufacturer's control and which exceed performance
requirements shall be replaced at owner's expense.
E. Products
1 Precast Concrete Bollards and Tree Grates: Dura Art Stone, P.O.
Box 666, Fontana, California 92335, (714) 350 -9000 or approved equivalent.
Trash Receptacle Unit: Architectural Fiberglass, 8687 Melrose
Avenue, Suite 226, Los Angeles, California 90069, (213) 659 -2133 or approved
equivalent.
Aluminum Seat Planking: L.A. Steelcraft Products, Inc., P.O. Box
90365, Pasadena, CA 91109 or equivalent.
Bike Rack: The Wakefield Company, 1100 Quail St., Suite 103,
Newport Beach, CA 92660 or equivalent.
Basketball posts, backboards, goal rings and chain nets: The
Wakefield Company, 1100 Quail St., Suite 103, Newport Beach, CA 92660 (714) 752-
6204.
' F. Materials /Fabrication
Materials and fabrication shall be in accordance with manufac-
turer's latest published specifications and as shown in drawings.
Concrete Finish: Natural grey with acid etch finish.
' Light Fixtures: See details and electrical drawings.
Factory seal all exposed concrete surfaces.
G. Installation
Install per manufacturer's instructions and details shown on
drawings.
Set each element in the proper position as shown on the approved
erection plan, carefully plumbed and anchored securely by means as shown on
drawings or specified by manufacturer.
Contractor shall assume responsibility for the erection of all
items in a satisfactory manner and in an undamaged condition. He shall re-
place /repair site furnishing damaged during erection in a manner satisfactory to
the Engineer and at no additional expense to the City.
r,
�I
ISP 26
' 23.18 UNIT MASONRY
A. General
This work shall consist of constructing reinforced hollow con -
crete unit masonry in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 202 -2 of the
Standard Specifications except as modified herein.
B. Certificate of Compliance
A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished to the Owner's
Representative for all concrete blocks.
C. Submittals
Aggregate for mortar
I
I
Coloring for mortar
I
SP 27
Aggregate commercially produced for
masonry work and free of organic
impurities and lumps of clay and
shale. Sodiumsul fate soundness loss
of aggregate shall not exceed 10
percent per California Test 214.
Combined grading shall provide a
workable mix suitable for the intended
use.
Chemically inert, fade resistant
mineral oxide or synthetic type.
Color of mortar to match block color.
Two samples of concrete block shall be submitted to the Engineer
for approval of color and architectural finish.
Catalog cuts for
masonry sealer shall be submitted, describing
surface preparation, application
instructions, and graffiti removal instructions
for common marking substances.
A list of Vendors in California shall be submitted with the
catalog cuts for masonry sealer.
D. Products
Masonry units
Nominal size, color and architectural
finish as shown on plans; hollow load
bearing Grade II, ASTM Designation:
90; standard concrete block.
Cement for mortar
Type II portland cement; Type II
Portland cement with maximum 15
percent Class N, F or C pozzolan; Type
IP(MS) blended hydraulic cement; or
masonry cement. ASTM Designation:
C 150 for Type II portland cement; C
595 for Type IP(MS) blended hydraulic
cement; C 618 for pozzolan except that
the loss on ignition shall not exceed
'
4 percent; C 91 for masonry cement
Aggregate for mortar
I
I
Coloring for mortar
I
SP 27
Aggregate commercially produced for
masonry work and free of organic
impurities and lumps of clay and
shale. Sodiumsul fate soundness loss
of aggregate shall not exceed 10
percent per California Test 214.
Combined grading shall provide a
workable mix suitable for the intended
use.
Chemically inert, fade resistant
mineral oxide or synthetic type.
Color of mortar to match block color.
I •
Lime Type S, ASTM Designation: C 207.
' SP 28
Premixed mortar
A premixed packaged blend of
cement, lime, and sand, with or
without color, that requires only
water tcprepare for use as masonry
mortar or grout may be furnished.
1
Packages of premixshall bear the
manufacturer's name, brand,weight,
and color identification.
1
Reinforcement
Commercially available, ASTM
Designation: A 706 or A 615 or Grade
60.
Anchors, ties, angles,
and metal lath
Commercial quality, galvanized.
Dry pack to set items
Onepart portlandcement tonot
into masonry
over 3 parts of grout sand and with a
minimum amount of water forhydration
and packing.
'
Masonry sealer
Waterclear, non — yellowing, non-
flammable, water based emulsion
manufacturedas an anti — graffiti
coatingsuitable for use onmasonry
surfacesand conforming to the rules
for controlof organic compound
emissions. Rainguard Products Company
"Vandl Guard," Con neborn— Contech "Son -
oshield," or approved equivalent.
Sealant
Single component polysulfideor
polyurethane, ozoneand ultra violet
resistant sealant suitable for outdoor
use. Federal Specifications: TT —S-
230. Backer rods and primer shall be
provided as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Latex — portland
Manufacturers recommended amount
cement mortar
of latex (dilutedwith water when
required by directions)added to
1
preblended dry mortar mix consisting
of Portland cement,dry additives and
graded sand as specified by the latex
manufacturer for use with the
particularwater emulsionlatex
additive. Mortar shall besuitable
for thin set latex modifiedportland
cement mortar method ofbonding
ceramic tile.
' SP 28
0 0
E. Installation
Lay masonry units in running bond. Protect surfaces of metal,
I Proportion mortar by volume. Mortar shall have one part cement
and one quarter part of hydrated lime combined with 2 1/2 to 3 parts aggregate
or mortar shall have one part portl and cement and one part masonry cement
I combined with 4 112 to 6 parts aggregate. Tint mortar for colored block with
coloring to match the block.
Proportion grout by volume with one part cement, not more than
1 /10 part hydrated lime, 2 to 3 parts sand aggregate, and not more than 2 parts
gravel aggregate.
Measure aggregate in a damp loose condition.
G. Laying Masonry Units
Lay concrete masonry units dry.
During laying of units keep all cells dry in inclement weather by
suitably covering incomplete walls. Wooden boards and planks are not acceptable
as covering materials. Extend the covering down each side of masonry wal is
approximately 2 feet.
Provide cleanout openings at the bottoms of all cells to be
grouted except cells not more than 4 feet high when grout is placed. After
inspection, seal cleanout openings before filling with grout.
I Keep chases free from debris and mortar.
Use bond beam units with a minimum 2 inch x 3 inch opening at
each cross web at horizontal reinforcing bars.
1 Where masonry unit cutting is necessary, make all cuts with a
masonry saw to neat and true lines. Blocks with excessive cracking or chipping
of the finished surfaces exposed to view will not be acceptable.
LH. Reinforcement
Position reinforcement accurately and securely hold in position
with either wire ties or spacing devices near the ends of bars and at intervals
not exceeding 192 bar diameters. Wire shall be 16 gauge or heavier, Do not use
wooden, aluminum. or plastic spacing devices.
The minimum spacing for splices in vertical reinforcement for
masonry walls shall be 48 inches plus lap.
I
ISP 29
glass, wood,
completed masonry, and other such materials exposed to view from
spillage, splatters
and other deposits of cementatious
materials. Remove all
such deposits
without damage to the materials or exposed
surfaces.
Where fresh masonry joins concrete or masonry, roughen, clean and
lightly wet
the contact surfaces of existing material.
The roughened surface
shall be no
smoother than a wood trowelled surface.
Cleaning shall remove
laitance, curing compounds, debris, dirt and any substance
which decreases bond
to the fresh
masonry.
Do not erect masonry when the ambient air
temperature is below 40
degrees F. or
above 95 degrees F.
F.
Proportioning Mortar and Grout
I Proportion mortar by volume. Mortar shall have one part cement
and one quarter part of hydrated lime combined with 2 1/2 to 3 parts aggregate
or mortar shall have one part portl and cement and one part masonry cement
I combined with 4 112 to 6 parts aggregate. Tint mortar for colored block with
coloring to match the block.
Proportion grout by volume with one part cement, not more than
1 /10 part hydrated lime, 2 to 3 parts sand aggregate, and not more than 2 parts
gravel aggregate.
Measure aggregate in a damp loose condition.
G. Laying Masonry Units
Lay concrete masonry units dry.
During laying of units keep all cells dry in inclement weather by
suitably covering incomplete walls. Wooden boards and planks are not acceptable
as covering materials. Extend the covering down each side of masonry wal is
approximately 2 feet.
Provide cleanout openings at the bottoms of all cells to be
grouted except cells not more than 4 feet high when grout is placed. After
inspection, seal cleanout openings before filling with grout.
I Keep chases free from debris and mortar.
Use bond beam units with a minimum 2 inch x 3 inch opening at
each cross web at horizontal reinforcing bars.
1 Where masonry unit cutting is necessary, make all cuts with a
masonry saw to neat and true lines. Blocks with excessive cracking or chipping
of the finished surfaces exposed to view will not be acceptable.
LH. Reinforcement
Position reinforcement accurately and securely hold in position
with either wire ties or spacing devices near the ends of bars and at intervals
not exceeding 192 bar diameters. Wire shall be 16 gauge or heavier, Do not use
wooden, aluminum. or plastic spacing devices.
The minimum spacing for splices in vertical reinforcement for
masonry walls shall be 48 inches plus lap.
I
ISP 29
0 0
I. Mortar
Mortar joints shall be approximately 3/8 inch wide. Lay units
1 with all head and bed joints filled solid with mortar along both longitudinal
faces for the full width of masonry unit shell. Shave head joints tight.
Exposed joints shall be concave, tooled smooth.
Do not retemper mortar that has been mixed more than one hour.
Mortar placed in joints around cells to be filled shall preserve
the unobstructed vertical continuity of the concrete filling. Remove from the
inside of cells any overhanging mortar or other obstruction or debris which may
create voids or pockets.
Solidly bed in mortar the head and cross web bed joints adjacent
to cells to be filled to prevent leakage of the cell filling grout.
J. Grouting
1 When units are placed full height of masonry work before filling,
the masonry may be filled in one lift if the height does not exceed 8 feet.
Otherwise, fill units placed full height by successive lifts of grout with the
height of each lift not exceeding 4 feet. The interruption between placing
successive lifts of grout in full height masonry shall be not less than 30
minutes nor more than one hour.
When units are not placed full height before filling, do not
exceed a 4 foot increment in height for each successive lift. Grout the masonry
before placing units for the next lift.
During grouting, make horizontal joints in the grout 112 inch
below the top of the last course of masonry being filled.
j Bond beams shall be continuous. Cover the tops of unfilled cells
under horizontal bond beams with plastic lath or mesh.
Fill all cells solidly with grout. Consolidate all grout in the
cells at the time of placement by puddling or vibrating and reconsolidate after
excess moisture has been absorbed but before plasticity is lost. Slicing with a
trowel is not an acceptable consolidation method.
K. Cleaning and Protecting Masonry
Remove splashes, stains or spots on the faces of the masonry
exposed to view.
Protect completed masonry from freezing for a period of at least
5 days.
L. Surface Finishes
Surface finish for masonry walls shall be a Class I surface
finish conforming to the requirements of Subsection 303 -1.9.3 of the Standard
Specifications and the following:
Apply a medium sandblast (Class I) finish to sample masonry unit
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Upon approval by the Engineer, the sample unit shall serve as the
standard of color, texture and workmanship acceptable for the project.
I
ISP 30
1 0 0
I
1
I
I
I
1
[1
I
i
I
I
I
I
M. Sealing
Apply masonry sealer by low pressure spray to all exposed block
surfaces. Clean the surfaces free of dirt, grease, paint, loose particles and
all other foreign material before spraying. Spray the surface with a minimum
of 3 coats at a coverage recommended by the manufacturer, using airless paint
spraying equipment.
Protect surfaces of other materials surrounding or near masonry
construction from overspray or spillage from the sealing operation. Remove
sealer applied to surfaces not to be waterproofed and restore the surfaces to
their original condition.
23.19 WELDED WIRE BACKSTOP & LINE FENCING
A. General
Install galvanized welded wire backstop and line fencing as shown
on the plans and in accordance with these special provisions.
B. Material
Fabric: Backstop and line fencing shall be galvanized welded
wire corral panels — 2" x 6" rectangular mesh, 6 gauge
wire having an O.D. of .1943" ± .005" tolerance.
Fence panel height shall be 69" x 24' -0" in length as
distributed by:
Master— Halco, Inc.
700 E. Lambert Road
La Habra, CA 90633
Contact: Warren Hinds
Fittings: All fittings and appurtenances shall be malleable iron,
pressed steel or aluminum alloy and shall be hot dip galvanized after
fabrication per Section 206 -6.6 of the Standard Specifications.
Ties: Al ties for panels shall be galvanized steel wire — 6
gauge.
C. Installation
Attach the fabric on the athletic field side of the framework
by means of matching ties, tension bars, tension bands and HOG rings. All ties
for panels shal l be galvanized steel wire — 6 gauge, 16" O.C. along rails and
braces, 12" O.C. along posts.
Overlap panels horizontally a minimum of 6" with overlapping
areas occuring at posts wherever possible. Do not overlap panels vertically.
They shall be continuous. Connect panels together by means of HOG rings in-
stalled at 10" D.C. maximurrL Make all required cuts to panels so that they are
contained within fence framework.
Fence panels, appurtenances and method of attachment shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
SP 31
1 23.20 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. General
The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrications is shown on
drawings and includes items fabricated from iron and steel shapes, plates, bars,
strips, tubes, pipes and castings.
Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in con-
crete or built into masonry for installation of miscellaneous metal work. Pro-
, vide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation
of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of all miscellaneous metals as shown
on the drawings in accordance with the provisions of Section 304 of the Standard
Specifications except as modified herein.
B. Quality Assurance
Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation
of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible.
Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent
possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as
necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reass-
embly and coordinated installation.
C. Submittals
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor de-
tails and installation instructions for products to be used in the fabrication
of miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint products.
1 Shop drawings: Submit five sets of shop drawings for fabrication
and erection of miscellaneous metal assemblies. Include plans and elevations at
not less than 1" to 1' -0" scale, and include details of sections and connections
1 at not less than 3" to 1' -0' scale. Show anchorage and accessory items. Pro-
vide templates for anchor and bolt installation by others wherever necessary.
D. Guarantee
Provide a three year written guarantee, after substantial comple-
tion, signed by the Contractor and Manufacturer, agreeing to replace /repair
defective materials and workmanship, including abnormal aging or deterioration
of materials, and other failures within guarantee period. Guarantee includes
responsibility for removal and replacement of other work affected.
E. Products and Materials
Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal
1 work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free
of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade
names and roughness.
tSteel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36
Steel Tubing: Hot — formed, welded or seamless, ASTM 501 or cold—
formed ASTM A500.
SP 32
r • •
rWelding Electrodes: ASTM A -233, class E70 low hydrogen series
electrodes; if submerged, grade SAW -2.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; Type S; Grade B; black finish unless
galvanizing is required: standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise shown
or specified.
Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same
type material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.
Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type, galvanized ferrous
castings, either malleable iron ASTM A47 or cast steel ASTM A27. Provide bolts,
washers and shims as requires, hot —dip galvanized, ASTM AS153.
Fasteners: Provide zinc— coated fasteners for exterior use or
where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class
required.
1) Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A307, Grade A.
2) Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF —B -561.
3) Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FOF —S -92.
4) Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF —S -111.
5) Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF —W -92.
6) Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF —W -84.
7) Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF —S -325.
Non — Shrink Grout: VEGA CHEMICALS "Florock" or SAUEREISEN
"Level Fill Grout" or U.S. GROUT CORP. "Five Star."
Paint:
1) Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or Fabricator's stan-
dard fast — curing, lead —free, "universal" primer; selected for good resistance to
normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems indi-
cated and for capability to provide a sound foundation for field — applied top-
coats despite prolonged exposure; complying with performance requirements of FS
TT —P -645.
1 (a) Sinclair #7113 vinyl wash primer (first coat) or approved
equivalent.
(b) Sinclair #25 zinc dust primer (second coat) or approved
equivalent.
2) Finish Painting: Two coats of Sinclair— Industrial Sintec enamel
as manufactured by Sinclair Paints, Los Angeles, California 90023; (213)
268 -2511, or approved equal. Color selected by Architect.
3) Galvanized Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regal -
vanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL —
P -21035 (Ships).
F. Fabrication
Use materials of size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of
required size and thickness to produce strength and durability in finished
product. Work to dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven
' details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials shown or specified
for various components of work.
Use hot rolled steel bars for work fabricated from bar stock,
unless shown or specified to be fabricated from cold— finished or cold — rolled
stock.
ISP 33
1 0 0
Supply as part of this Section, miscellaneous small parts of
materials, or items specifically called out in this section, when such supply is
a normal and accepted part of the work.
Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and
surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approxi-
mately 1/32" unless otherwise shown. Form bent —metal corners to smallest radius
possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommen-
dations. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush, to match
and blend with adjoining surfaces.
Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth.
Provide type of anchorage shown. Coordinate with supporting
structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices as shown and as required to
provide adequate support for intended use.
Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as re-
quired to receive finish hardware and similar items.
Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items shown or
specified to be galvanized, as follows.
1) ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel
shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8" thick and heavier.
2) ASTM A386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. Do galvan-
izing after fabrication with work assembled in as large sections as can be
handled.
3) ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
4) Hot dip galvanize all exterior ferrous metal work after fabrica-
tion.
1 Shop Painting: Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except mem-
bers or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and
edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise specified.
1) Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before ap-
plying shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with
SSPC SP -2 "Hand Tool Cleaning," or SSPC SP -3 "Power Tool Cleaning" or SSPC SP -7
"Brush —Off Blast Cleaning."
2) Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with
SSPC SP -1 "Solvent Cleaning."
3) Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and at a rate to provide uniform
dry film thickness of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will
result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.
4) Apply one shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply 2
coats of paint to surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change
color of second coat to distinguish it from the first.
' G. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
Manufacture or fabricate items to sizes, shapes and dimensions
required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood
structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers.
Hot dip galvanize all exterior metal work after fabrication
' unless otherwise indicated. All projections, barbs, and icicles shall be re-
moved after galvanizing.
' SP 34
1 • •
1 Rough Hardware: Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated
bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron
shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or
securing wood work to concrete or other structures.
Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide miscellaneous steel
2) Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into
poured concrete or building into masonry wherever required. Furnish inserts if
units must be installed after concrete is placed. Except as otherwise shown,
space anchors 24" o.c. and provide minimum anchor units of 1 -1/4" x 1/4" x 8"
steel straps.
H. Installation
Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams,
templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as
concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors,
which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate de-
livery of such items to project site.
Fastening to In —Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices
and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to
in —place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry
1 inserts, toggle bolts, through — bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connec-
tors as required.
1) Galvanize exposed fasteners to secure in —place construction.
Cutting and Fitting: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting re-
quired for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Fit exposed con-
nections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections
which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of
shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch —up shop paint coat. Do
not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot —dip
galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field
' connections.
Placement: Set work accurately in location, alignment and eleva-
tion, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and
levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to
be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual
shielded metal —arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods
used in correcting welding work.
Touch —up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field
welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed
1 areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to
provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections
and abraded areas and apply 2 coats of galvanizing repair paint.
ISP 35
framing and supports, as
required to complete work.
1) Fabricate
miscellaneous
units to sizes, shapes and profiles
shown, or if not shown, of required
dimensions to receive adjacent other work to
be retained by framing.
Except as
otherwise shown, fabricate from structural
1
steel shapes and plates
and steel
bars of welded construction using mitered
joints for field connection. Cut,
drill and tap units to receive hardware and
similar items.
2) Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into
poured concrete or building into masonry wherever required. Furnish inserts if
units must be installed after concrete is placed. Except as otherwise shown,
space anchors 24" o.c. and provide minimum anchor units of 1 -1/4" x 1/4" x 8"
steel straps.
H. Installation
Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams,
templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as
concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors,
which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate de-
livery of such items to project site.
Fastening to In —Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices
and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to
in —place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry
1 inserts, toggle bolts, through — bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connec-
tors as required.
1) Galvanize exposed fasteners to secure in —place construction.
Cutting and Fitting: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting re-
quired for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Fit exposed con-
nections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections
which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of
shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch —up shop paint coat. Do
not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot —dip
galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field
' connections.
Placement: Set work accurately in location, alignment and eleva-
tion, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and
levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to
be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual
shielded metal —arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods
used in correcting welding work.
Touch —up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field
welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed
1 areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to
provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections
and abraded areas and apply 2 coats of galvanizing repair paint.
ISP 35
' 23.21 WATERPROOFING
A. General
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of all waterproofing as shown on the
drawings and as specified herein.
B. Submittals
Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions,
and general recommendations from waterproofing materials manufacturer, for wat-
erproofing.
C. Materials
Waterproofing: Pioneer Flintkote C -13 —E or approved equal.
D. Installation
' Prime the surfaces with a brush or spray coat of waterproofing
using 1 -112 gallons per 100 square feet, thinned with not more than 20% cool
clean water. Allow to dry thoroughly.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling and insta-
llation of waterproofing, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
specified.
Coordinate installation of waterproofing and associated work to
provide complete system complying with recommendations and manufacturer. Sche-
dule installation to minimize period of exposure of waterproofing materials.
1 Apply waterproofing, undiluted, by brush or spray, using three
gallons per 100 square feet, in a coating of uniform thickness. Allow to dry
thoroughly.
Make sure all applications are carried down to and over footing,
forming 1 -1/2 in. cove at the junction of walls and footing.
E. Protection
Institute all required procedures for protection of completed
membrane during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of
construction period.
Completely remove all excess materials from job site. Clean up
all splatterings and leave job in a condition acceptable to the Engineer.
23.22 SEALANTS
A. General
' Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of all sealants as shown on the
drawings and in accordance with provisions of subsection 201 -3 of the Standard
Specifications except as modified herein.
I
ISP 36
1 s i
Provide sealants as indicated and specified, complete. Principal
item of work is sealing of openings and joints indicated, specified and required
' to make concrete work weather and water tight.
The applications for joint sealants are indicated in the Sealant
Schedule at the end of this section.
B. Submittals
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, performance
test data, recommendations, handling, installation and curing instructions for
each type of sealant, and associated miscellaneous material required.
Samples: Submit 3, 12" long samples of each color required
(except black) for each type of sealant exposed to view.
C. Materials
' General Sealant Performance Requirements: Provide colors indi-
cated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Engineer from manufac-
turer's standard colors. Select materials for compatibility with joint surfaces
' and other indicated exposures, and except as otherwise indicated select modulus
of elasticity and hardness or grade recommended by manufacturer for each appli-
cation indicated. Where exposed to foot traffic, select marketing materials of
sufficient strength and hardness to withstand stiletto heel traffic without
damage or deterioration of sealant system.
(1) Sealant No. 1 - One- Component Polyurethane Sealant: Poly-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
urethane - based, one -part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TT -S- 00230, Type
2 (non -sag).
(2) Provide one of the following products: Dymonic: Tremco,
Inc.; Rubbercalk 6000: Products Research & Chemical Corp.; or approved equal.
Sealant No. 2 - One- Component Polysulfide Sealant: Poly- sulfide
based, one -part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TT -S- 00230, Class A, Type
II (non -sag).
(3) Provide one of the following products: Flexseal: Dap,
Inc.; GC -9 Synthacalk: Pecora Corp.; Rubbercalk 5000 -S or 7000: Products
Research & Chemical Corp.; or approved equal.
Sealant No. 3 - Two- Component Polyurethane Sealant: Polyure-
thane -based 2 -part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TT -S- 00227, Class A.
Type 1 (self- leveling) unless Type 2 recommended by manufacturer for application
shown.
(4) Provide one of the following products: N.R. -200 Urexpan:
Pecora Corp.; Sonolastic Paving: Sonneborn; Rubbercalk 210: Products Research
& Chemical Corp.; THC -900: Tremco, Inc.; or approved equal.
Joint Primer /Sealer: Provide type of joint primer /sealer recom-
mended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed.
Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as
recommended by sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant- contact surfaces
where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance
of sealant. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable.
Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam,
polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or
other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by
sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant.
SP 37
D. Installation
Inspect substrate and conditions under which waterproofing work
is to be performed. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions or discre-
pancies have been corrected.
Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant
or calking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other sub-
stances which could interfere with bond of sealant or calking compound. Etch
' concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
Roughen vitreous and glazed joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufac-
turer.
Prime or seal joint surfaces where indicated, and where recom-
mended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer /sealer to spill or migrate
onto adjoining surfaces.
Set joint fil ler units at proper depth or position in joint to
coordinate with other work, including installation of bond breakers, backer rods
and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint filler units.
Install sealant backer rod for sealants, except where shown to be
omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for application
indicated.
Install bond breaker tape where indicated and where required by
manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform
properly.
Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure
that sealants are deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air
pockets, with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite
sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave
surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between
' a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so
that joint will not trap moisture and dirt.
Tool joints to form smooth, uniform beads with slightly concave
surfaces, with finished joints straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished.
Remove any excess sealant from adjacent surfaces of joint, leaving the work in a
neat, clean condition. Do not use tooling agents unless recommended by sealant
' manufacturer.
Seal Joints before adjacent surfaces are waterproofed or painted.
Instal l sealant to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recom-
mended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations,
measured at center (thin) section of bead:
1) For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elasto-
meric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation expo-
sures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than
12" deep nor less than 3/8" deep.
2) For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not
subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but
neither more than 112" deep nor less than 1/4" deep.
' Where an irregular surface or sensitive joint border exists apply
masking tape at edge of joint to insure joint neatness and protection. Remove
masking tape after sealant is applied.
1 SP 38
0 0
Spillage: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or
spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces.
' Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evi-
dence of spillage.
Recess exposed edges of exposed joint fillers slightly behind
adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not
protrude from joints.
Bond ends of joint filler together with adhesive or "weld" by
other means as recommended by manufacturer to ensure continuous watertight and
1 airtight performance.
E. Sealant Schedule
Expansion and control joints:
Sealant No. 1
Sealant No. 2
Horizontal joints in pavement and sidewalks:
Sealant No. 3
23.23 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
A. General
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of the landscape irrigation system as
shown on the drawings and in accordance with the provisions of Subsections 212 -2
and 308 -5 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein.
Explanation of drawings:
1) Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all
offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc. which may be required. Carefully investigate
1 the structural and finished conditions affecting all work and plan work accord-
ingly, furnishing such fittings, etc. as may be required to meet such condi-
tions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be
installed. Instal l the work in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between
irrigation systems, planting, and architectural features.
2) Provide all work called for on the drawings by notes or details
whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications.
B. Submittals
Material List:
1) Furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes specified
by name in the drawings and specifications. No substitution will be allowed
without prior written approval by the Engineer.
2) Submit a complete material list prior to performing any work.
Include in the material list the manufacturer, model number and description of
all materials and equipment to be used.
3) Equipment or materials installed or furnished without prior
approval of the Engineer may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove
such materials from the site at his own expense.
' 4) Approval of any item, alternate or substitute indicates only that
the product or products apparently meet the requirements of the drawings and
specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted.
5) Manufacturer's warranties do not relieve the Contractor of his
liability under the guarantee. Such warranties only supplement the guarantee.
SP 39
1 • •
' Record Drawings:
1) Provide and keep up to date a complete record drawings set of
blue line ozalid prints which shall be corrected daily and show every change
from the original drawings and specifications and the exact 'as— built' loca-
tions, sizes, and kinds of equipment. Prints for this purpose may be obtained
at Contractor's expense from the Architect with the City approval. Keep this set
of drawings on the site and use only as a record set.
2) Record drawings will be used as work progress sheets. Make neat
and legible annotations thereon daily as the work proceeds, showing the work as
actually installed. Make these drawings available at all times for inspection
and keep in a location designated by the Architect.
3) Before the date of the final inspection, transfer all informa-
tion from the record drawings to a sepia mylar, procured at the Contractor's
expense from the Architect with Owner's approval. Indicate work legibly in
ink and submit to the Engineer for approval prior to making controller charts.
4) Dimension from two (2) permanent points of reference, building
corners, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the location of the following
items:
' (a) Connection to existing water lines.
(b) Connection to existing electrical power.
(c) Gate valves.
' (d) Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension max. 100 ft.
along routing.)
(e) Sprinkler control valves.
(f) Routing of control wiring.
(g) Quick coupling valves.
(h) Other related equipment as directed by the Architect or
Engineer.
' 5) On or before the date of the final inspection, deliver the
corrected and completed sepias to the Engineer. Delivery of the sepias will not
relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing required information
that may be omitted from the prints.
Controller Charts:
1) Obtain approval of the record drawings from the Architect and
Engineer before controller charts are prepared.
2) Provide one controller chart for each controller supplied.
3) Show areas controlled by the automatic controller on the chart.
4) The chart is to be a 50% reduced drawing of the actual as —built
system and shall be clearly legible.
5) Provide a chart that is a blackline or blueline ozalid print and
use a different color to indicate the area of coverage for each station.
6) When completed and approved, hermetically seal the chart between
two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum of 10 mils.
7) Prior to final inspection of the irrigation system complete
charts and obtain approval.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten calendar days prior to completion of construction, two hard
cover binders with three rings containing the following information:
1) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number,
list of equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturer's representa-
tive.
2) Catalog and parts sheets on every material and equipment instal-
led under this contract.
' SP 40
3) Guarantee statement.
4) Complete operating and maintenance instruction on all major
equipment.
5) In addition to the above mentioned maintenance manuals, provide
the Owner's maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment and show
evidence in writing to the Architect at the conclusion of the project that this
service has been rendered.
Equipment to be furnished:
1) Supply as a part of this contract the following tools:
(a) Two sets of special tools required for removing, disassem-
bling and adjusting each type of sprinkler and valve supplied on this project.
(b) Two five foot long valve keys for operation of gate valves.
(c) Two keys for each automatic controller.
(d) Six quick coupler keys and matching hose swivels for each
type of quick coupling valve installed.
2) Turn over the above mentioned equipment to the City at the
conclusion of the project. Before final inspection can occur, evidence that the
City has received material must be shown to the Engineer.
C. Job Conditions
Verification of Existing Conditions:
' 1) Visit the site to determine existing conditions, including access
to the site and the nature and extent of existing improvements upon adjacent
public and private property. Nature of materials to be encountered and other
factors that may affect the work of this section.
2) Additional compensation resulting from the alleged ignorance of
local conditions, and their effect upon the cost of the work will not subse-
t quently be approved.
Protection:
1) Protect the Owner's property from injury or loss. Repair at
Contractor's expense all damage to existing property (buildings, utilities,
etc.,) or planting (trees, shrubs, lawn or ground cover) caused during operation
or as a result of malfunction of installed work during the guarantee period.
2) Cause minimum interference with workmen, materials, or other
equipment of other trades on the project.
Do not begin irrigation work until all construction adjacent to
the areas has been completed unless otherwise directed.
1 D. Guarantee
Submit guarantee for the sprinkler irrigation system in accor-
dance with the attached form. File the general conditions and supplementary
conditions of these specifications with the Owner or Architect prior to accep-
tance of the irrigation system.
Include a copy of the guarantee form in the operations and main-
tenance manual.
Retype the guarantee form onto Contractor's letterhead containing
the following information:
' SP 41
GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation system we have
Phone:
furnished and instal led is free from defects in materials and
workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with
the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and
unusual abuse, or neglect excepted. We agree to repair or
Products
replace any defects in material or workmanship which may develop
during the period of one year from date of acceptance and also
'
to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or
replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Owner.
PVC Pressure Main Line Pipe and Fittings:
Repairs or replacements will be made within a reasonable time,
as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice. In
the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements
Specifications.
within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from
the Owner, we authorize the Owner to proceed to have said
repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the
Manufacturer's name.
costs and charges therefrom upon demand.
2)
Project
Location
1
'
4)
Signed:
1
5)
NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) approval.
Address:
Phone:
Date of Acceptance:
E.
Products
Use only new materials of brands and types noted on drawings,
'
specified herein, or approved equals.
PVC Pressure Main Line Pipe and Fittings:
'
Shal l conform to the requirements of Section 212 -2.1.3 and 4 of
the Standard
Specifications.
All PVC pipe must bear the following markings:
1)
Manufacturer's name.
2)
Nominal pipe size.
3)
Schedule or class.
'
4)
Pressure rating in P.S.I.
5)
NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) approval.
6)
Date of extrusion.
All fittings must bear the manufacturer's name or trademark,
material designation,
size, applicable I.P.S. schedule and NSF seal of approval.
'
'
SP 42
r • •
Brass pipe and fittings:
' Pipe: Red brass screwed conform to Federal Specification
#WW —P -351.
Fittings: Red brass conforming to Federal Specifications
#WW —P -460.
rGalvanized Pipe and Fittings:
Pipe: Galvanized steel ASA schedule 40 mild steel screwed.
Fittings: Medium galvanized screwed beaded malleable iron and
galvanized merchant coupling.
Paint all galvanized pipe and fittings installed below grade with
two coats of Koppers #50 Bitumastic.
Quick Coupling Valves:
Brass one or two piece body designed for working pressure of 150
' P.S.I. operable with quick coupler with key size and type as shown on plans.
Install six to twelve inches from nearest adjacent paved area.
Gate Val ves:
Bronze gate valve: 125 lb. SWP with screw —in bonnet, nonrising
stem and solid wedge disc with threaded ends and a bronze handwheel.
Manufactured by Nibco or approved equal.
Control Wiring:
Connect between the automatic controllers and the electric con-
trol valves with direct burial copper wire AWG —UF 600 volt. Use different color
pilot wires for each automatic controller. Use white common wires with a Jiff-
, erent color stripe for each automatic controller. Install in accordance with
valve manufacturer's specifications and wire chart. Do not use wire size less
than #14.
Place wiring in same trench and along the same route as pressure
supply or lateral lines wherever possible,
Tape wires together at intervals of ten feet where more than one
wire is placed in a trench.
' Provide an expansion curl within three feet of each wire connec-
tion. Provide expansion curl with sufficient length at each splice connection
at each electric control, so that in case of repair, the valve bonnet may be
brought to the surface without disconnection of the valve wires. Lay control
wires loosely in trench without stress or stretching of control wire conductors.
Make all splices with Rainbird Snap —Tite wire connector or
approved equal. Use one splice per connector sealing pack.
Do not allow field splices between the automatic controller and
electrical control valves without prior approval of the Engineer.
r Check Valves:
Swing check valves 2 in, and smal ler: Bronze construction 200
lb. W.O.G. with replaceable composition, neoprene or rubber disc and meet or
r exceed Federal Specification WW— V -51D, Class A, Type IV.
Anti —drain valves: Heavy duty PVC construction with F.I.P.
thread inlet and outlet, stainless steel and neoprene. Internal parts and field
adjustable against drawout from 5 to 40 feet of head. Provide Valcon 'ADV' or
r approved equal.
Automatic controllers: Size and type shown on the plans.
Obtain Engineer's approval of final location of automatic con-
, trollers.
ISP 43
' Electric Control Valves:
Provide electrical control valves with a manual flow adjustment.
Provide and install one control valve box for each electric
control valve.
Backflow prevention units: provide size and type indicated on
' the irrigations drawings.
Provide Wye strainers at backflow prevention units with a 125 lb.
flanged cast iron with 30 mesh monel screen and similar to Bailey #IOOA or
' approved equivalent.
Control Val v Boxes:
Use 10" x 10 1/4" round valve box with PVC -6" minimum extension
sleeve and bolt down cover for gate valves, Carson Industries 910 -12B or
approved equivalent.
Use 9 -1/2" x 16" x 11" rectangular box for all electrical control
' valves, Carson Industries 1419 -12B with green bolt down cover embossed with
controller and valve station numbers or approved equivalent.
Sprinkler heads: Provide same size, type, and deliver the same
rate of precipitation with the diameter (or radius) of throw, pressure and
' discharge as shown on the plans and /or specified in these special provisions.
Provide riser units in accordance with the details shown on the
plans.
' Provide riser nipples of the same size as the riser opening in
the sprinkler body.
Provide sprinkler heads of the same type from the same manufac-
turer.
F. Execution
' Backfilling:
1) Do not backfill the trenches until al l required tests are per-
formed. Carefully backfill trenches with the excavated materials approved for
' backfil ling. Mechanically compact the backfill in planting areas to a dry
density equal to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other
surface irregularities.
2) A fine granular material backfill will be initially placed on all
lines. No foreign matter larger than 112 in. in size will be permitted in the
initial backfill.
3) Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of
Engineer.
4) Make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner if set-
tlement occurs and subsequent adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn
or planting, or other construction are necessary.
Trenching and Backfill Under Paving:
1) Backfill trenches located under areas where paving, asphaltic
concrete or concrete will be installed with sand — a layer 6 in. below the pipe
and 3 in. above the pipe — and compacted in layers to 95% compaction, using
manual or mechanical tamping devices. Compact trenches for piping to equal the
compaction of the existing adjacent undisturbed soil and leave in a firm un—
yielding condition. Leave all trenches flush with the adjoining grade. Set in
place, cap and pressure test all piping under paving prior to the paving work.
SP 44
H. Installation
Trenching:
' 1) Dig trenches straight and support pipe continuously on trench
bedding. Lay pipe to an even grade. Follow layout indicated on drawings and as
noted with trenching excavations.
2) Provide for a minimum cover of 24" for all pressure main line
piping 4 in. and larger and for a minimum cover 18" for all pressure main line
piping 3 in. and smaller.
3) Provide for a minimum cover of 12" for all non — pressure lines.
4) Provide for a minimum cover of 18" for all control wiring.
5) Install all assemblies specified herein in accordance with res-
pective detail. In absence of detail drawings or specifications pertaining to
' specific items required to complete work, perform such work in accordance with
best standard practice with prior approval of Engineer.
6) Thoroughly clean PVC pipe and fittings of dirt, dust and moisture
before installation. Follow installation and solvent welding methods recommen-
ded by the pipe and fitting manufacturer.
l_1
' SP 45
'
2)
Generally, piping under existing walks is done by jacking, boring
or hydraulic
driving, but where any cutting or breaking of sidewalks and /or
concrete is necessary replace work as part of the contract cost. Obtain permis-
sion to cut or break sidewalks and /or concrete from the Engineer. No hydraulic
driving will
be permitted under concrete paving.
3)
Provide for a minimum cover of 18" between the top of the pipe
'
and the bottom
of the aggregate base for all piping installed under asphaltic
concrete paving.
1)
Assemblies:
Routing of sprinkler irrigation lines as indicated on the
drawings is
diagramatic. Install lines (and various assemblies) in such a
manner as to
conform with the details of the plans.
2)
Multiple assemblies on plastic lines are not permitted. Provide
'
each assembly
with its own outlet.
'
G.
Preparation
Physical Layout:
'
1)
routing and location
Prior to installation, stake out all pressure supply lines,
of sprinkler heads.
2)
Obtain approval of layout from Engineer prior to installation.
Water Supply:
1)
Connect the sprinkler irrigation system to water supply points of
'
connection as
indicated on the drawings.
2)
Make connections at approximate locations as shown on drawings.
Contractor is
responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions.
Electrical Supply:
1)
Make electrical connections from automatic controller to elec-
trical points
of connection as indicated on the drawings.
'
2)
Make connections at approximate locations as shown on drawings.
Contractor is
responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions.
H. Installation
Trenching:
' 1) Dig trenches straight and support pipe continuously on trench
bedding. Lay pipe to an even grade. Follow layout indicated on drawings and as
noted with trenching excavations.
2) Provide for a minimum cover of 24" for all pressure main line
piping 4 in. and larger and for a minimum cover 18" for all pressure main line
piping 3 in. and smaller.
3) Provide for a minimum cover of 12" for all non — pressure lines.
4) Provide for a minimum cover of 18" for all control wiring.
5) Install all assemblies specified herein in accordance with res-
pective detail. In absence of detail drawings or specifications pertaining to
' specific items required to complete work, perform such work in accordance with
best standard practice with prior approval of Engineer.
6) Thoroughly clean PVC pipe and fittings of dirt, dust and moisture
before installation. Follow installation and solvent welding methods recommen-
ded by the pipe and fitting manufacturer.
l_1
' SP 45
0
' 7) On PVC to metal connection, work the metal connections first.
Use teflon tape or approved equivalent on all threaded PVC to PVC, and on all
threaded PVC to metal joints. Light wrench pressure is al l that is required.
Where threaded PVC connections are required, use female threaded PVC adaptors
into which the pipe may be welded. All such threaded connections shall be made
using schedule 80 pipe and /or fittings.
Line Clearance: Provide a minimum clearance of 6 in. from each
other and from lines of other trades. Do not install parallel lines directly
' over one another.
Automatic Controller: Install in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Connect remote control valves to controller in numerical sequence
as shown on the drawings.
' High Voltage Wiring for Automatic Controller:
1) Provide 120 volt power connection to the automatic controller.
Remote Control Valves: Install where shown on drawings and
details. When grouped together, allow at least 12 in, between valves. Install
each remote control valve in a separate valve box.
Flushing of System:
' 1) After all new sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and
connected, all necessary diversion work has been completed, and prior to instal-
lation of sprinkler heads, open control valves and flush out the system with a
full head of water.
' 2) Install sprinkler heads only after flushing of the system has
been accomplished to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.
Sprinkler Heads:
' 1) Install the sprinkler heads as designated on the drawings or
approved equivalent.
2) Spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum indicated on the
drawings as recommended by the manufacturer.
I. Temporary Repairs
' Adjustment Of The System:
1) Flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and
to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways, and buildings as much as possible.
' 2) If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment
will provide proper and more adequate coverage, make such adjustments prior to
planting. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle sizes and degrees of
arc as required.
3) Within ten days after notification by Engineer lower raised
sprinkler heads.
4) Set all sprinkler heads perpendicular to finished grades unless
' otherwise designated on the plans.
' SP 46
The Owner reserves the
right to make temporary repairs as neces-
'
sary to keep
the sprinkler equipment
in operating condition. The Contractor is
not relieved
of his responsibilities
under the terms of the guarantee as herein
specified, if
the Owner exercises this right.
J.
Field Quality Control
' Adjustment Of The System:
1) Flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and
to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways, and buildings as much as possible.
' 2) If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment
will provide proper and more adequate coverage, make such adjustments prior to
planting. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle sizes and degrees of
arc as required.
3) Within ten days after notification by Engineer lower raised
sprinkler heads.
4) Set all sprinkler heads perpendicular to finished grades unless
' otherwise designated on the plans.
' SP 46
0 0
' Testing Of Irrigation System:
' 1) Request the presence of the Engineer in writing at least 48 hours
in advance of testing.
2) Test all pressure lines under hydrostatic pressure of 150 lbs.
per sq. inch for a minimum duration of 2 hrs. and prove watertight.
NOTE: Test pressure main lines prior to installation of electric
control valves.
3) Test al l piping under paved areas under hydrostatic pressure of
' 150 lbs. per sq. inch, and prove watertight, prior to paving.
4) Sustain pressure in lines for not less than two hours. If leaks
develop, replace joints and repeat test until entire system is proven water-
' tight.
5) Make all hydrostatic tests only in the presence of the Engineer.
Do not backfi 11 any pipe unti 1 it has been inspected, tested and approved in
writing.
' 6) Furnish necessary pump and all other test equipment.
7) When the sprinkler irrigation system is completed, perform a
coverage test in the presence of the Engineer, to determine if the water cov-
erage for planting areas is complete and adequate. Furnish all materials and
perform all work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to devia-
tion from plans. Accomplish test before any ground cover is planted.
8) Upon completion of each phase of work, test the entire system and
' adjust to meet site requirements as necessary.
K. Maintenance
' Operate entire sprinkler irrigation system under full automatic
operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting and for sixty days
after inspection to begin maintenance period.
The Architect reserves the right to waive or shorten the opera-
tion period.
L. Clean —Up
Clean up each portion of work as it progresses. Remove refuse
' and excess dirt from the site. Broom or wash down all walks and paving and
repair to original condition any damage sustained on the work of others.
' M. Final Inspection Prior To Acceptance
Operate each system in its entirety for the Engineer at time of
' final inspection. Rework any items deemed not acceptable by the inspector to
the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.
'
N.
Inspection Schedule
Notify the Engineer
in advance for the following inspections,
according to
the time indicated:
1)
Pre —job conference —
7 days.
2)
Pressure supply line
installation and testing — 48 hours.
3)
Automatic controller
installation — 48 hours.
1
' SP 47
' 23.24 LANDSCAPE PLANTING
A. General
' Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of all landscape planting as shown on
the drawings and in accordance with the provisions of Subsections 212 -1 and 308
of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein.
B. Quality Assurance
Perform sampling and laboratory testing through Soil and Plant
Laboratory, Inc., 1534 S. Trotter Avenue, P.O. Box 11744, Santa Ana, California
' 92711 (714) 558 -8333 and pay for testing.
After rough grading has been completed, analyze existing on —site
soil.
1) Sample two areas on the site. Eight core samples are to be taken
from each sampling area and analyzed for suitability and fertility.
Perform soils analysis of wood residual organic amendment prior
to backfill.
2) Submit one quart of wood residual organic amendment for organic
analysis.
' Perform organic suitability and fertility analyses of soil pre-
paration areas and on —grade backfill mix areas after the completion of planting
to assure all specified amendments have been provided. Take ten random samples
of soil preparation areas and five random samples of backfill mix areas.
C. Submittals
Furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes speci-
fied by name in the drawings and specifications. Do not substitute without
written approval by the Engineer.
SP 48
'
4)
Control wire installation — 48 hours.
5)
Lateral line and sprinkler and emitter installation — 48 hours.
'
6)
Coverage Test — 48 hours.
7)
Inspection to begin maintenance period — 7 days.
8)
Final inspection — 7 days.
When inspections have been conducted by other than the Engineer,
show evidence
of when and by whom these inspections were made.
No inspection will commence without record drawings.
'
0.
Payment
Payment for "Landscape Irrigation System" will be made at the
contract lump
sum price as listed in the proposal which price and payment shall
include full
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment
and incidentals
and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and placing
the irrigation
system as specified in these Specifications and as directed by
the Engineer.
' 23.24 LANDSCAPE PLANTING
A. General
' Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary
incidentals for the complete installation of all landscape planting as shown on
the drawings and in accordance with the provisions of Subsections 212 -1 and 308
of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein.
B. Quality Assurance
Perform sampling and laboratory testing through Soil and Plant
Laboratory, Inc., 1534 S. Trotter Avenue, P.O. Box 11744, Santa Ana, California
' 92711 (714) 558 -8333 and pay for testing.
After rough grading has been completed, analyze existing on —site
soil.
1) Sample two areas on the site. Eight core samples are to be taken
from each sampling area and analyzed for suitability and fertility.
Perform soils analysis of wood residual organic amendment prior
to backfill.
2) Submit one quart of wood residual organic amendment for organic
analysis.
' Perform organic suitability and fertility analyses of soil pre-
paration areas and on —grade backfill mix areas after the completion of planting
to assure all specified amendments have been provided. Take ten random samples
of soil preparation areas and five random samples of backfill mix areas.
C. Submittals
Furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes speci-
fied by name in the drawings and specifications. Do not substitute without
written approval by the Engineer.
SP 48
L1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
i
1
�l
i
1
1
i
1
• •
Furnish a certificate of delivery with each delivery of material
in containers or in bulk. State source, quantity, or weight, type and analysis
and date of delivery on certificate. Deliver all certificates to the Engineer.
Submit complete materials list prior to performing any work.
Include the manufacturer, model number and description of all materials to be
used.
Materials installed or furnished without prior written approval
of the Engineer may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove such
materials from the site at his own expense.
Approval of any item, alternate or substitute indicates only that
the product or products apparently meet the requirements of the drawings and
specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted.
D. Job Conditions
Visit the site to determine existing conditions, including access
to the site and the nature and extent of existing improvements upon adjacent
public and private property, nature of materials to be encountered, and other
factors that may affect the work of this section.
Additional compensation resulting from the alleged ignorance of
local conditions, and their affect upon the cost of the work wil l not subse-
quently be approved.
Protect the Owner's property from injury or loss. Repair at
Contractor's expense all damage to existing property (buildings, utilities,
etc.) or planting (trees, shrubs, lawn or ground cover) caused during operation
or as a result of malfunction of installed work during the guarantee period.
Cause minimum interference with workmen, materials, or other
equipment or other trades on the project.
Do not begin landscape work until all construction adjacent to
the planting areas has been completed and until the irrigation systems have been
installed and approved by the Engineer and the Owner's designated representa-
tive.
E. Guarantee
Submit a written guarantee on Contractor's letterhead in compli-
ance with the requirements of this section. Agree that the landscape planting
has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Agree to
repair or replace any defects in material or workmanship which may develop
during the period of one year from date of acceptance and also to repair or
replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at
no additional cost to the Owner. Make repairs or replacements within a reason-
able time, as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice. In the
event of failure to make repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after
receipt of written notice from the owner, authorize the Owner to proceed to have
repairs or replacements made at Contractor's expense and pay the costs and
charges therefore upon demand.
Guarantee trees for one year after final acceptance. Replace
shrubs, vines and ground covers that die within the guarantee period or which
are not healthy and vigorous.
Guarantee shrubs, vines and ground covers for six months after
final acceptance. Replace trees that die within the guarantee period or which
are not healthy and vigorous.
SP 49
0 0
Any trees or other plant materials that die back and lose the
form and size as originally specified shall be replaced even though they have
taken root and are growing after the die back and have received normal care and
maintenance.
When notified by the Owner, remove and replace al l guaranteed
plant materials which for any reason fail to meet requirements of guarantee with
plants that meet the same specifications as required for original plantings and
guarantee as originally specified.
F. Products
Wood Residual Organic Amendment: Derived from redwood, fir or
cedar sawdust of standard quality impregnated with 1% nitrogen.
1) Particle size, dry weight basis:
' Percent Passing Sieve Size
95 -100 6.35 mm (1/4 in.)
80 -100 2.38 mm (no. 8, 8 mesh)
0 -30 500 micron (no. 35, 32 mesh)
2) Organic content as determined by ash analysis: Minimum 94% based
on dry weight.
3) Chemistry:
1 (a) Minimum 0.8% nitrogen based on dry weight.
(b) Minimum 0.08% dilute acid soluble iron based on dry weight.
(c) Salinity shall not exceed 3.5 millimhos per centimeter as
measured in the saturation extract.
Commercial fertilizers: 16 -6 -8, 12- 12 -12, and 17 -13 -5, complete
fertilizers.
Ferrous iron sulphate: First quality commercial grade.
Agricultural gypsum: First quality commercial grade.
Root hormone: "Super Thrive" or approved equal.
jHydraulic Seeding:
1) Seed: Fresh, clean, new crop seed, premixed by mechanical mixer
to proportions specified. Minimum proportion per acre:
2000 LBS MULCHING FIBRE
' 200 LBS 16 -6 -8 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER
200 LBS UREA FORMALDEHYDE
500 LBS AGRICULTURAL GYPSUM
30 LBS SEED MIX: OCONNOR'S LEGUME
(TRIFOLIUM FRAGIFERUM)
3 LBS LOBULARIA MARITIMA 'CARPET OF SNOW'
' 2) Wood cellulose fiber: First quality commercial grade.
3) Soil stabilizer: Ecology Controls M— Binder. Spread at a rate of
80 lbs. per one acre.
4) Fertilizer: 17 -13 -5 urea formaldehyde first quality commercial
grade.
' SP 50
1 0
5) Deliver to the Engineer: Dealer's guarantee statement of compo-
sition and percent of purity of seed mixed by dealer.
Deep Root Barrier:
Deep root control panels (UB48 -2) as manufactured by deep root
corporation or approved equivalent.
Plant Materials:
Furnish plant material in quantities and /or spacing as indicated
or noted for each location and of species, types, sizes, etc., as symbolized and
described in the plant list.
Protect plants in transit and after delivery to the project site.
Replace plants in broken containers, with broken branches or injured trunks.
Specified container plants are to be first class material equal
to the size of similar material in local retail nurseries.
Furnish plant materials that are healthy, vigorous, with a good
root system, and free from pests or disease. Have plant material inspected and
released by the county agricultural inspector prior to delivery to the job.
Provide well rooted ground cover plants in flats or containers.
Have plant material inspected and approved by Engineer prior to
their placement for planting. Replace materials that do not meet specifica-
tions.
G. Weed Control:
1. Upon the completion of the irrigation system and after all
existing trees and shrubs have been removed from the planting area, apply 200
pounds of a commercial fertilizer 16 -6 -8 per acre, as per manufacturer's in-
structions.
2. Water planting area four (4) times daily for twenty —one (21)
consecutive days until seeds have germinated. Cease watering for three (3)
days. Spray a non — selective herbicide "Round —up," to eradicate the germinated
vegetation. Translocation period should be 7 -10 days.
3. Allow herbicide to kill all vegetation. Rake or hoe off all
i dead vegetation to a depth of 1/4 inch below the surface of the soil.
4. If perennial weeds or grasses still exist, rewater four (4)
times daily for fourteen (14) consecutive days, until the new growth appears.
Reapply a non — selective herbicide, Remove weeds after herbicide has had suffi-
cient time to kill.
H. Installation
' Finish Grading:
Grades in all on —grade planting areas will be established to
' within 0.10" and in raised planting areas to within depths indicated on planting
plans by others. Backfill planting areas with mixes indicated on planting plans
and in specifications.
Before and during finish grading, remove all weeds and grasses by
1 the root and dispose of off site.
Grade all lawn and planting areas to the elevations indicated on
the drawings. Grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform levels or slopes
between points where elevations are given. Make minor adjustments of finish
grades at the direction of the Engineer if required. Provide smooth, even,
uniform finish grade with no abrupt change of surface. Slope soil away from the
ISP 51
1 a !
buildings to allow a natural run —off of water, and direct surface drainage as
indicated on the drawings by remodeling surfaces to facilitate the natural run-
off water. Grade low spots and pockets to drain properly. Dispose all extra-
neous matter off site.
Do not work soil when moisture content is so great that excessive
compaction will occur; nor when soil is so dry that dust will form in the air or
that clods will not break readily. Apply water, if necessary, to provide ideal
moisture content for tilling and for planting herein specified.
Shrub, Vines, Ground Cover and Annual Areas: Grade to 1 -112"
below the grade of adjacent pavement, walks, curbs, or headers and 3" below
adjacent walls. The Engineer may direct flush grades where required.
j Lawn Areas: Grade to 1 -1/2" below the grade of adjacent pave-
ment, walks, curbs, or headers. The Engineer may direct flush grades where
required.
Soil Preparation:
Prepare on —grade areas per 1,000 square feet with the following:
Organic Amendment------------- - - - - -6 Cu. Yards
16 -8 -4 Commercial Fertilizer-- - - - -15 Lbs.
Agricultural Gypsum------- - - - - -- -100 Lbs.
1 Broadcast uniformly and rototill into upper 6 inches of soil.
On —Grade Backfill Mix:
Prepare mix and backfill plant pits with the following material
per ten cubic yards:
On —site Soil------------------ - - - - -6 Cu. Yards
Organic Amendment------------- - - - - -4 Cu. Yards
12 -12 -12 Commercial Fertilizer _ - - -10 Lbs.
Iron Sulfate------- - - - - -- - - -20 Lbs.
Uniformly blend prior to use. Incorporate as specified under
iSP 52
'tree, shrub, vine and annual planting' section herein.
1
General Planting:
The Engineer shall approve all planting areas and placement of
plant
material prior to installation. Stake plant locations and secure approval
from
Engineer before excavating pits, making necessary adjustments as directed.
Prepare on —grade planting areas as indicated in "Soil Prepara-
tion"
section herein.
Locate specimen trees prior to installation of irrigation system
as directed
by Engineer.
Excavate all plant pits to a minimum of two times the diameter
and
height of the container to permit handling. Excavate pits with vertical
sides
for all plants. Do not plant plants in dry soil. Moisten soil at least
eight
inches deep.
tainers
Plant plants immediately after containers are cut. Remove con-
regularly so as not to present a hazard or annoyance to those persons
using
the areas.
Set plants in center of pits, in a vertical position so that the
crown
of the plants will bear the same relationship to the finish grades that it
did
to soil surface in place of growth, allowing for watering and settling of
soil.
iSP 52
• 0
Backfill with specified soil mix. Do not backfill with soil in a
muddy condition. No filling around the trunk of the plants will be permitted.
Build basins around plants and water in with root hormone imme-
diately after planting. Remove basins prior to top dressing.
Grade areas around plants to finish grades and dispose of excess
soil.
Replace any plant material damaged in planting operation.
Prune plants according to standard horticultural practice as
t directed by Engineer.
Lightly cultivate, weed, and neatly rake all soil between plants
upon completion of all planting operations and again just prior to final inspec-
tion.
Planting Trees:
Prepare tree pits as specified above unless otherwise noted in
details.
Install deep root control barrier where specified per manufac-
turer's recommendations.
Backfill trees planted in raised planters with specified soil
mix and thoroughly water settle.
Backfill trees planted on —grade with specified soil mix and
thoroughly water settle.
Stake or guy trees as detailed on the drawings.
Keep guy wires out of pedestrian traffic areas whenever possible.
Set all transplanted trees two inches minimum above finish
grades.
Apply root hormone per manufacturers recommendation to each tree
as follows:
1) Construct tree basins at rim or outer edges of tree rootbal l so
that applied water and root hormone will remain on the top of the rootball.
2) Mulch immediately after completion of irrigation of root hormone
into the rootball.
Planting Shrubs and Vines:
Prepare shrub and vine pits as specified under 'General
Planting' section herein.
Use planting procedures and practices as specified under
'Planting Trees' section herein.
Mulch planting areas after planting.
Ground Cover and Annual Planting:
Prepare planting areas as specified under 'Soil Preparation'
section herein.
Mulch planting areas and water with a light spray prior to
planting.
1 Plant rooted cutting, pots or flats in areas and at spacings
indicated on plans after mulching.
'
Smooth soil
tion. Do not pile soil or
about plants and leave areas in neat and clean condi-
mulch around crown of any plants.
Mulching:
Spread mulch
on all planting
areas, except lawns, evenly over the
surface to a depth of one
inch. Prepare
mulch with wood residual organic
amendment.
I�
LJ
1 SP 53
1 • •
' Lawn Planting:
Stolonized Lawn:
1) Plant stolons in areas indicated on plans.
2) Prepare lawn areas as specified in 'soil preparation' section
herein.
1 3) Fine grade areas to be stolonized to a smooth uniform grade.
Obtain Engineer's approval of finish grades before planting stolons.
4) Method of planting — stolonization:
a) Moisten area prior to planting to provide residual mois-
ture for stolons.
b) Install by means of mechanical planter which shreds sod
into stolons, spreads the stolons, presses a major portion of the stolons into
1 the prepared soil with planter blades and rolls the planted area in one simul-
taneous operation. Hand scatter stolons around sprinkler heads, trees or other
obstacles and slice into soil with a hand stolon planter.
c) Quantities of stolons to be planted: 5 bushels /1000 sq.
ft. or 220 bushels per acre.
d) Irrigation — After planting,stolons must be irrigated
immediately and constantly for a period of two to three weeks. Stolons, once
planted and until rooted, are extremely perishable and will not survive if
permitted to dry out. Once stolons have rooted a more normal irrigation sche-
dule may be adopted.
e) Fertilizing after planting: After initial two —three
weeks of constant irrigation, substantial leaching of nitrogen may occur. When
planted areas have dried out sufficiently to facilitate the operation of equip-
, ment, apply and irrigate in one of the following high nitrogen fertilizers:
Ammonium Sulfate 200 lbs /acre
Urea 130 lbs /acre
Calcium Nitrate 180 lbs /acre
Repeat applications of nitrogen fertilizers every 2 to 4
weeks to promote vegetative growth and rooting until planted area has filled
into a solid stand of turf.
f) Rolling and top dressing: If planted area is rutted or
uneven, it maybe rolled three to four weeks after stolonizing. Deep ruts or
1 hollows in the grade shall be spot top dressed 1" to 2" without harm to the
growing bermuda; utilize a uniformly graded fine sand for this operation.
i g) Bare areas: Re— stolonize by hand large bare areas
taking care that stolons are deeply pressed into freshly worked up "seed bed ".
Extra watering care must be observed in such areas. Smal l bare areas can be
1 planted with plugs taken from non— critical areas of the bermuda stand.
I. Maintenance
' Continuously maintain all areas during the progress of the work,
the 90 —day maintenance period, and until final acceptance of this work.
If plantings are not acceptable at the completion of the mainte-
nance period, maintain all work until it meets specifications and is approved.
I
SP 54
0 0
Continuous maintenance operations of watering, weeding, mowing,
rolling, trimming, edging, cultivation, ferilizing, spraying for insect and pest
control, replacement and /or any other operations are necessary to assure a
proper finished product. Keep all planted areas free of debris and cultivate and
weed at no more than ten day intervals.
Protect all areas during installation and maintenance periods.
Repair any damaged plantings at Contractor's expense.
Replace plant material that is not live, healthy, undamaged and
free of infestations at the termination of the maintenance period. Replace
inferior plantings and bring to a satisfactory condition before final acceptance
wi11 be made. Keep areas neatly raked and free of weeds.
Immediately replace any and all plant materials and grass that
die or are damaged. Meet original plant material specifications with replace -
ments.
J. Inspections
Request the Engineer at least twenty four hours in advance to
make the following inspections:
1) After finish grading is completed.
2) After soil amendments have been applied but prior to roto-
tilling.
3) After rototilling has been completed.
4) After fine grading is completed.
5) After plant material has been delivered to the site.
6) After plant material has been spotted for planting but before
planting pits are excavated.
7) After planting pits for trees, shrubs, and vines have been
excavated but prior to backfill.
8) Conduct a complete inspection and approval of all landscape
construction items at the end of the landscape construction period to establish
the time for beginning of the ninety day maintenance period. Notify Engineer
at least seven days in advance of inspection.
9) Conduct an inspection at the completion of the ninety day
maintenance period to obtain final acceptance. Notify the Engineer at least
seven days in advance of inspection.
1
1
I
I
' SP 55
SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
I
I
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE
A.
Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools,
equipment, facilities, transportation and services
necessary for and incidental to performing all operations
in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation
of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the
drawings and /or specified herein. Work includes, but is
not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Examine all other sections for work related to those
other sections and required to be included as work
under this section.
2. General provisions and requirements for electrical
work.
1.02
GENERAL SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK
A.
The specifications and drawings are intended to cover a
complete installation of systems. The omission of
expressed reference to any item of labor or material for
the proper execution of the work in accordance with
present practice of the trade shall not relieve the
Contractor from providing such additional labor and
materials.
B.
Refer to the drawings and shop drawings of other trades
for additional details which affect the proper
installation of this work. Diagrams and symbols showing
electrical connections are diagrammatic only. Wiring
diagrams do not necessarily show the exact physical
arrangement of the equipment.
C.
Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall familiarize
himself with all features of the building drawings and
site drawings which may affect the execution of the work.
No extra payment will be allowed for failure to obtain
this information.
D.
If there are omissions or conflicts between the drawings
and specifications, clarify these points with the
'
Architect before submitting bid.
I
I
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
E. The drawings indicate approximate locations of existing
conduits and the exact routing shall be verified in field
and length of conductors shall be adjusted to the length
required.
F. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate and
cooperate in every way with other trades to avoid or
minimize interference.
1.04 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WIRING
Contractor shall provide electrical work, materials, and
control components required for proper operation of the
air conditioning, heating and plumbing systems as
indicated on the electrical, mechanical, and plumbing
drawings and as specified herein.
1 1.05 POWER, TELEPHONE AND OTHER SIGNAL SERVICES
A. Telephone, cable television, power, street lighting
service and metering facilities shall conform to the
requirements of the serving utility companies. Contractor
shall verify service locations and requirements, and shall
' pay all costs levied by the serving utility companies for
rendering utility services to the project site without
additional cost to the City. Service information will be
furnished by the serving utilities.
' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
1.03
LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT
A.
The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired
locations or arrangements of conduit runs, outlets,
equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as
possible.
B.
Where outlets are placed on a wall, locate symmetrically
with respect to each other and other features or finishes
on the wall.
C.
In the event changes in the indicated locations or
arrangements are necessary, due to the building
construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment,
1
such changes shall be made without additional cost,
providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs,
etc., and provided work directly connected to same is
installed such that no extra materials are required.
D.
Lighting fixtures in mechanical spaces are shown in their
approximate location only. Do not install light outlets
or fixtures until mechanical piping and duct work has been
installed. Lights shall be installed in a location to
provide optimum lighting.
E. The drawings indicate approximate locations of existing
conduits and the exact routing shall be verified in field
and length of conductors shall be adjusted to the length
required.
F. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate and
cooperate in every way with other trades to avoid or
minimize interference.
1.04 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WIRING
Contractor shall provide electrical work, materials, and
control components required for proper operation of the
air conditioning, heating and plumbing systems as
indicated on the electrical, mechanical, and plumbing
drawings and as specified herein.
1 1.05 POWER, TELEPHONE AND OTHER SIGNAL SERVICES
A. Telephone, cable television, power, street lighting
service and metering facilities shall conform to the
requirements of the serving utility companies. Contractor
shall verify service locations and requirements, and shall
' pay all costs levied by the serving utility companies for
rendering utility services to the project site without
additional cost to the City. Service information will be
furnished by the serving utilities.
' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
D. In addition to the requirements of the serving utility
companies, all power, telephone and signal service
conduits for utility company circuits, shall be concrete
encased with red concrete the entire length including
under buildings.
1.06 PERMITS
Secure and pay for all required permits, inspections and
examinations fees or charges necessary for completion of
the electrical work. All such costs shall be included in
the unit costs for the various bid items to which the work
is appurtenant and no additional compensation will be made
therefore.
1.07 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work and materials shall be in full accordance with the
latest rules and regulations of the California
Administrative Code Title 24, Part 3 "Basic Electrical
Regulations ", Title 8 "Division of Industrial Safety ", the
National Electrical Code, the National Life Safety Code,
and other applicable state laws and regulations.
B. All material and equipment shall be new and shall be
delivered to the site in unbroken packages. All material
and equipment shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters
1 Laboratories, Inc. All such material and equipment shall
comply with all installation requirements and restrictions
pertaining to such listings.
' C. Contractor shall keep a copy of all applicable codes
available at the job site at all times while performing
work under this section. Nothing in plans or
specifications shall be construed to permit any work not
in conformance with the codes.
' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
B. Contractor shall conform to all requirements of the
serving utility companies. Location of transformer pad
and or manholes and pull boxes and routing of service
conduits indicated on the drawings are approximate and
shall be verified with the serving utility company prior
to installation. Such locations shall be approved by the
City prior to installation. Installation of service shall
not begin until approved drawings have been received from
the serving utility company.
C. Within 30 calendar days of award of contract the
Contractor shall notify the serving utility companies that
he has the job and shall provide information as to the
total lighting, power, telephone, and signal requirements
of the contract. The Contractor shall also furnish
information regarding the estimated completion date of
job.
D. In addition to the requirements of the serving utility
companies, all power, telephone and signal service
conduits for utility company circuits, shall be concrete
encased with red concrete the entire length including
under buildings.
1.06 PERMITS
Secure and pay for all required permits, inspections and
examinations fees or charges necessary for completion of
the electrical work. All such costs shall be included in
the unit costs for the various bid items to which the work
is appurtenant and no additional compensation will be made
therefore.
1.07 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work and materials shall be in full accordance with the
latest rules and regulations of the California
Administrative Code Title 24, Part 3 "Basic Electrical
Regulations ", Title 8 "Division of Industrial Safety ", the
National Electrical Code, the National Life Safety Code,
and other applicable state laws and regulations.
B. All material and equipment shall be new and shall be
delivered to the site in unbroken packages. All material
and equipment shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters
1 Laboratories, Inc. All such material and equipment shall
comply with all installation requirements and restrictions
pertaining to such listings.
' C. Contractor shall keep a copy of all applicable codes
available at the job site at all times while performing
work under this section. Nothing in plans or
specifications shall be construed to permit any work not
in conformance with the codes.
' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
1 1.08 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Architectural and Structural Drawings take precedence over
Electrical Drawings. Mechanical and Plumbing Drawings
contain information pertinent to the electrical
installation. The electrical installation shall conform
to the applicable requirements of all the drawings, and
the electrical work shall be coordinated with that of all
other trades.
B. Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic in many respects.
Sizes and locations of equipment and wiring are shown to
scale where possible but may be distorted for clarity on
the Drawings to show all necessary bends, offsets, pull
boxes and obstructions.
1.09 CONFLICTS
When Drawings or Specifications call for materials or work
different than, but not in conflict with, requirements of
governing codes the Contractor shall provide and install
these materials or work. If there are any apparent
conflicts between Drawings and Specifications and
prevailing Codes and regulations, ask Architect and
Engineer for clarification has been made. Nothing in
these Drawings or Specifications is to been made. Nothing
in these Drawings or Specifications is to be construed to
permit work in violation of governing codes.
1.10 SUBMITTALS
A. Review of contractors submittals is for general
conformance with the design concept of the project and
general compliance with the information given in the
contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the
requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor
is responsible for quantities; dimensions which shall be
confirmed and correlated at the job site; fabrication
processes and techniques of construction; coordination of
his work with that of all other trades and satisfactory
performance of his work.
B. Material Lists and Shop Drawings:
1. Contractor shall submit material list and equipment
manufacturers for approval within 30 days of award of
contract. Submittals shall name the manufacturer,
brand name, type and /or catalog number of each item.
Listing of more than one manufacturer for any one item
of equipment, or listing items "as specified ", without
both make and model or type designation, is not
acceptable. It shall be the Contractor's
'
responsibility to show that all products proposed for
substitution are equal to the item specified, by
submitting sufficient information to permit a
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
I
d
I
u
I
I
i�
0 0
comparative check. Five (5) copies of a complete
materials list with brochures showing all equipment
shall be indexed with job title. The term "or
approved equal" shall mean the product or material
used shall have equivalent or more value than the item
set forth in the specifications or plans, and then
only after a submittal in writing, by the Contractor.
If, after installation substituted equipment is found
not to be equal to material specified, it shall be
replaced with approved material at no cost to the
Owner. The Engineer reserves the right to charge the
Contractor $100.00 /hour for review of substitutions.
Shop drawings shall not be submitted before approval
of manufacturers list. City reserves the right to
require submission of samples of any material or item.
2. After approval of the material and equipment
manufacturers list, submit shop drawings for approval.
Shop drawings shall be submitted in completed bound
groups of materials (i.e., all lighting fixtures or
all switchgear, etc.). Departure from the above
procedure will result in resubmittals and delays. The
Contractor shall verify dimensions of equipment and be
satisfied as to their fit and compliance with all code
requirements relating to clear working space.
Submittals which are intended to be reviewed as
substitution or departure from the contract documents
must be specifically noted as such.
3. Shop drawings shall include dimensioned plans,
elevations, details, wiring diagrams and descriptive
literature of components and parts where applicable.
Structural calculations and mounting details, signed
by a structural engineer registered by the State of
California, shall be submitted for all equipment
weighing over one thousand pounds, and shall be in
compliance with Title 21 of the California
Administrative Code.
4. Shop drawings shall include the manufacturer's
projected date of shipment from the factory of
completed equipment, once ordered by the Contractor.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
insure that all material and equipment is ordered in
time to provide an orderly progression of the work.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any
changes in delivery which would affect the project
completion date.
C. Maintenance and Operating Manuals
1. The Contractor shall furnish three copies of
typewritten maintenance and operating manuals for all
electrical equipment, fire alarm equipment, sound
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
E. Record Drawings
1. Provide and maintain in good order in the field office
of the Contractor a complete set of electrical
contract prints. All changes to the contract shall be
clearly recorded on this set of prints. At the end of
the project, the Contractor shall transfer all changes
' to one set of transparencies to be delivered unfolded
to the Engineer.
2. The actual location and elevation of all buried lines,
boxes, monuments, vaults, stub -outs and other
provisions for future connections shall be referenced
to the building lines or other clearly established
base lines and to approved bench marks. All
measurements shall be witnessed by the job inspector
who shall make his own record of the dimensions.
Before the inspector signs the record drawings, he
shall check his own record of dimensions against those
on the drawings. If any dimensions are omitted from
the record drawings or are at variance with the
inspector's record of dimensions, the Contractor
shall, at his own expense, do all excavation necessary
to expose the buried work and to establish the correct
locations.
3. The Contractor shall keep the "as- built" prints up to
date and current with all work being performed. The
Contractor shall review the "as- built" prints with the
job inspector for approval prior to each monthly pay
request.
1.11 CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, PREMISES
All parts of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of
dirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc., and all cracks and
corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted shall
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
r
system equipment, etc., to the Owner and instruct
Owner's personnel in correct operation of all
equipment at completion of project.
2. Maintenance and operating manuals shall be bound in
three -ring, hard - cover, plastic binders and shall be
delivered to the Owner with letter of transmittal,
carbon copy to the Architect.
'
D. Portable or Detachable Parts: The Contractor shall retain
in his possession, and shall be responsible for all
portable and detachable parts or portions of the
installation such as fuses, keys, locks, adapters, locking
clips, and inserts until final completion and acceptance
of his work. These parts shall then be delivered to the
Owner or his authorized representative with an itemized
receipt with copies sent to the Architect.
E. Record Drawings
1. Provide and maintain in good order in the field office
of the Contractor a complete set of electrical
contract prints. All changes to the contract shall be
clearly recorded on this set of prints. At the end of
the project, the Contractor shall transfer all changes
' to one set of transparencies to be delivered unfolded
to the Engineer.
2. The actual location and elevation of all buried lines,
boxes, monuments, vaults, stub -outs and other
provisions for future connections shall be referenced
to the building lines or other clearly established
base lines and to approved bench marks. All
measurements shall be witnessed by the job inspector
who shall make his own record of the dimensions.
Before the inspector signs the record drawings, he
shall check his own record of dimensions against those
on the drawings. If any dimensions are omitted from
the record drawings or are at variance with the
inspector's record of dimensions, the Contractor
shall, at his own expense, do all excavation necessary
to expose the buried work and to establish the correct
locations.
3. The Contractor shall keep the "as- built" prints up to
date and current with all work being performed. The
Contractor shall review the "as- built" prints with the
job inspector for approval prior to each monthly pay
request.
1.11 CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, PREMISES
All parts of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of
dirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc., and all cracks and
corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted shall
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
r
' 0 0
be carefully cleaned of grease and oil spots and left
' smooth, clean and in proper condition to receive paint
finish.
1.12 JOB CONDITIONS - PROTECTION
Contractor shall protect all work, materials and equipment
from damage from any cause whatsoever and shall provide
adequate and proper storage facilities for all materials
and equipment during the progress of the work.
1
1.13
IDENTIFICATION
A.
All surface - mounted equipment, panelboards, terminal
cabinets, circuit breakers, disconnect switches, starters,
relays, time switches, contactors, pushbutton control
stations, and other apparatus used for the operation or
control of feeders, circuits, appliances, or equipment
shall be properly identified by means of descriptive
nameplates or tags permanently attached to the apparatus
and wiring.
B.
Nameplates shall be engraved laminated phenolic. Shop
drawings with dimensions and format shall be submitted to
the Engineer before installation. Attachment to equipment
'
shall be with escutcheon pins, rivets, self- tapping screws
or machine screws. Self- adhering or adhesive backed
nameplates shall not be used.
C.
Plates: All cover and device plates shall be furnished
with engraved or etched designations under any one of the
following conditions:
1. Three gang or larger gang switches.
2. Lock switches.
3. Pilot switches.
4. Switches in locations from which the equipment or
circuits controlled cannot be readily seen.
5. Manual motor starting switches.
6. Where so indicated on the drawings.
7. As required on all control circuit switches, such as
heater controls, etc.
'
8. Where receptacles are other than standard duplex
receptacles to indicate voltage and phase.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
LJ
D. Provide laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on
a black background engraved in minimum 1/4" high letters
to correspond with the designations on the drawings.
Provide other or additional information on nameplates
' where indicated. Abbreviations are not permitted.
E. For equipment containing or operating on circuits of more
than 240 volts nominal, provide red -on -white laminated
warning signs engraved in 1/2" high letters to read:
"CAUTION - 480 (or as applicable) VOLTS ".
1 F. Tags shall be attached to feeder wiring in conduits at
every point where runs are broken or terminated and shall
include pull wires in empty conduits. Circuit, phase, and
function shall be indicated. Branch circuits shall be
tagged in panelboards and motor control centers. Tags may
be made of embossed, self- attached, stainless steel or
brass ribbon; or may be typed on white tape, applied
directly to the cable and then covered with a clear heat -
shrinkable material.
' 1.14 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall obtain an independent testing
laboratory that will provide all instrumentation and tests
on the electrical system and equipment as hereinafter
described and further directed by the Engineer. The test
shall be performed after the completion of all electrical
systems covered under this section of the specifications.
All tests shall be recorded and documented and submitted
to the Engineer for review.
1. Test for Phase to Ground Condition:
a. Open main service disconnect.
b. Isolate the system neutral from ground by removing
the neutral disconnect link located in the service
switchboard.
c. Close all submain disconnects.
I
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
G. Cardholders and cards shall be provided for circuit
identification in panelboards. Cardholders shall consist
of a metal frame retaining a clear plastic cover
permanently attached to the inside of panel door. List of
circuits shall be typewritten on card. Circuit
description shall include name or number of circuit, area,
and connected load.
H. Junction and pull boxes shall have covers stenciled with
box number when shown on the drawings, or circuit numbers
according to panel schedule. Data shall be lettered in an
1
inconspicuous manner with a color contrasting to finish.
' 1.14 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall obtain an independent testing
laboratory that will provide all instrumentation and tests
on the electrical system and equipment as hereinafter
described and further directed by the Engineer. The test
shall be performed after the completion of all electrical
systems covered under this section of the specifications.
All tests shall be recorded and documented and submitted
to the Engineer for review.
1. Test for Phase to Ground Condition:
a. Open main service disconnect.
b. Isolate the system neutral from ground by removing
the neutral disconnect link located in the service
switchboard.
c. Close all submain disconnects.
I
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
! 0
d. Close all branch feeder circuit breakers.
e. Measure the resistance of each phase to ground. A
properly calibrated "megger" type test instrument
shall be used. The test voltage shall be 500
volts.
f. Record all readings after one minute duration and
document into a complete report.
2. Isolating Grounds: In the event that low resistance
grounds are found in the system, they shall be
isolated and located by testing each circuit
individually as outlined in No. 1 above. Make proper
corrections to restore the resistance values to an
acceptable value.
B. Method of obtaining ground resistance shall be in
accordance with the latest edition of the James G. Biddle
(Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania) manual published on this
subject.
C. All ground fault equipment shall be tested by an
independent testing laboratory and shall be set as
recommended by the switchgear manufacturer so as to be
coordinated with other protection devices within the
electrical design. Copies of the test and settings shall
be sent to the Engineer.
D. Take and record ampere and line voltage measurements under
full load on all panels and switchboard feeders and motor
circuits over 10 horsepower and /or 14 amperes. Record
measurements at the equipment served and submit to the
Engineer for review.
E. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the voltages and
regulations are not met within acceptable limits, make
arrangements with the serving utility for proper
electrical service and then verify that such has been
provided.
F. All instrumentation and personnel required for testing
shall be furnished by the Contractor.
1.15 ELECTRICAL WORK CLOSEOUT
A. Prepare the following items and submit to the Engineer
before final acceptance.
1. Two copies of all test results as required under this
section.
2. Two copies of local and /or state code enforcing
authorities final inspection certificates.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
3. Copies of as -built record drawings as required under
the General Conditions, pertinent Division One
Sections and Electrical General Provisions.
4. Two copies of all receipts transferring portable or
detachable to the
parts Owner when requested.
5. Notify the Engineer in writing when installation is
complete and that a final inspection of this work can
be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer
before final acceptance can be issued.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010
' SECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.01 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Flush or concealed outlet and junction boxes: Pressed
steel, hot -dip galvanized, knockout type. Provide boxes
of proper code size for the number of wires or conduits
passing through or terminating therein, but in no case
shall box be less than 4 inches square, unless specified
elsewhere or noted otherwise on the drawings. Provide
extension rings on flush outlets to finish flush with
finished surfaces. Boxes installed in concrete shall be
U.L. approved for installation in concrete, and shall
allow the placing of conduit without displacing
reinforcing bars.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -1
1
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE
A.
Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools,
equipment, facilities, transportation and services
necessary for and incidental to performing all operations
in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation
of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the
drawings and /or specified herein. Work includes, but is
'
not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Examine all other sections for work related to those
other sections and required to be included as work
under this section.
2. General provisions and requirements for electrical
'
work.
1.02
SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
'
A.
Submit product data sheets for all outlet boxes, floor
boxes, wiring devices, device plates, relays, contactors,
timeswitches, disconnects and fuses.
B.
Submit detailed shop drawings including dimensioned plans,
elevations, details, schematic and point -to -point wiring
diagrams and descriptive literature for all component
parts for transformers, relays, time clocks, and
photocells.
C.
Submit transformer test reports.
D.
Submit material list for outlet boxes.
PART 2
- PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Flush or concealed outlet and junction boxes: Pressed
steel, hot -dip galvanized, knockout type. Provide boxes
of proper code size for the number of wires or conduits
passing through or terminating therein, but in no case
shall box be less than 4 inches square, unless specified
elsewhere or noted otherwise on the drawings. Provide
extension rings on flush outlets to finish flush with
finished surfaces. Boxes installed in concrete shall be
U.L. approved for installation in concrete, and shall
allow the placing of conduit without displacing
reinforcing bars.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -1
1
1. Provide fixture supporting device in outlet boxes for
surface mounted fixtures as required.
2. Provide solid gang boxes for three or more switches,
for mounting behind a common device plate. Provide
barriers for all 277 volt devices where more than one
device is installed in an outlet box.
3. Telephone outlets: 4- 11/16" square by 2 -1/8" deep.
B. Surface mounted outlet boxes: Cast iron type FS or FD,
' with threaded hubs as required. Provide plugs in all
unused openings. Provide weatherproof gaskets for all
exterior boxes.
' 2.02 PULL BOXES
A. Sizes as indicated on the drawings and in no case of less
size or material thickness than required by the governing
code. Exercise care in locating underground pull boxes to
avoid installation in drain water flow areas.
1. General purpose sheet steel pull boxes: Install only
in dry protected locations with removable screw
' covers. Manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish.
2. Weatherproof sheet steel pull boxes: Fabricate of
code gauge, hot -dip galvanized steel with gasketed
weathertight cover of same material. Manufacturer's
standard baked exterior enamel finish.
2.03 SWITCHES
A. Provide circuit switches totally enclosed, bakelite or
' composition base, toggle type with 277 volt A.C. rating
for full capacity or contacts for incandescent or
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -2
3. Concrete pull boxes: Furnish complete with pulling
irons, hot -dip galvanized traffic cover with hot -dip
galvanized frame and 4 galvanized cable racks with
porcelain blocks. The box to be set on a pea gravel
base 12" thick and 6" larger than the bottom. Install
a 3/4" by 10' copper clad ground rod for grounding all
metal parts. After cables have been pulled and
inspected, seal box between cover and frame with a
mastic compound similar to Parmagum or Dukseal.
Construction equal to prefabricated pull boxes as
manufactured by Quikset or Brooks Products. Submit
shop drawings for approval. Refer to drawings for
size. Provide bead weld on cover to pull box to
indicate services within pull box (ie - "480/277 -Volt,
3- PHASE, 4 -WIRE ELECTRICAL" OR
"SIGNAL /TEL /P.A. /CLOCK /FIRE ALARM ").
2.03 SWITCHES
A. Provide circuit switches totally enclosed, bakelite or
' composition base, toggle type with 277 volt A.C. rating
for full capacity or contacts for incandescent or
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -2
' BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -3
I
0
fluorescent lamp loads. Switch
ratings shall be
20 ampere
only. Color as selected by
Architect. Switches
'
controlling circuits connected
to emergency power
shall be
red.
B. Where switches are mounted
in multiple gang assembly
and
are operating at 277 volts
and /or 277 volts and
120 volts
mounted in same outlet box,
there shall be a barrier
installed between each switch.
C. Listed below are switches,
which are approved.
1. Single Pole Switches
Toggle Type
Lock Type
Make
20 Amps
20 Amps
Hubbell
#1221
#1221 -L
. ,
P & S
#20AC1
#20AC1 -L
Sierra
#5021
#5071
Leviton
#1221
#1221 -L
2. Double Pole Switch
Hubbell
#1222
#1222 -L
P & S
#20AC2
#20AC2 -L
Sierra
#5022
#5072
Leviton
#1222
#1222 -L
3. Three -Way Switches
Hubbell
#1223
#1223
P & S
#20AC3
#20AC3 -L
Sierra
#5023
#5073
'
Leviton
#1223
#1223 -L
4. Four -Way Switches
Hubbell
#1224
#1224 -L
P & S
#20AC4
#20AC4 -L
Sierra
#5024
#5074
Leviton
#1224
#1224 -L
.5. Momentary Contact Switches - 20A at 277V
Make 3- Position Req. 3- Position Lock
Hubbell
#1557
#1557 -L
'
P & S
#1251
#1251 -L
Sierra
#5120
#5170
Leviton
#1251
#1251 -L
' BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -3
I
0 0
6. Maintained Contact Switches (Double Throw, Center
Off), 20A at 277V
Toggle Type Lock Type
Make
1 -Pole
2 -Pole
1 -Pole
2 -Pole
P & S
#1225
#1226
#1225 -L
#1226 -L
Hubbell
#1385
#1386 -L
#1385 -L
#1386 -L
Sierra
#5122
- --
#5175
- --
Leviton
#1385
#1386
#1385 -L
#13
7. Pilot lights used in conjunction with circuit switches
shall be neon type with red jewel, P & S #437 (120
volt) or #438 (277 volt) or approved equal.
2.04 DIMMER SWITCHES
A. Dimmer switches shall be as indicated herein unless
specifically noted otherwise on the drawings.
B. Dimmer cover plate shall be the same color as switch cover
plates in the same area.
C. Dimmer switches shall be self cooling and shall not
require forced air cooling when individually or gang
mounted. All dimmers shall be by the same manufacturer
and the same appearance.
D. Dimmers shall include "RF" filters and be voltage
stabilized.
E. Incandescent dimmers shall be used for control of line
voltage incandescent light fixtures except "low
voltage "type lights. Lutron "Centurion" series or
Prescolite "Designer Line" series.
1. Dimmer wattage shall be rated 2000 watt unless noted
otherwise on the drawings.
F. Fluorescent dimmers, voltages as indicated on the
drawings.
1. Fluorescent dimmers (individual dimmers controlling
less than 24 lamps per dimmer) Lutron "Nova" series or
Prescolite.
2. Fluorescent dimmers (more than 24 lamps)
a. Lutron #FDA -40 up to 40 lamps per controller.
b. Lutron #FDA -80 up to 80 lamps per controller.
C. Provide a minimum of 3 -20 amp on all 120 volt
units and on 277V 80 amp units.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -4
r • •
d. Control stations Lutron "Nova" series.
e. Provide all material and labor for a complete
rand operable system.
G. Low voltage (transformer type) incandescent light dimmers
shall be specifically designed for dimming low voltage
light fixture transformers. Atmos "LU" series or Lutron.
2.05 RECEPTACLES
A. All receptacles in flush type outlet boxes shall be
installed with a bonding jumper to connect the box to the
receptacle ground terminal. Grounding through the
receptacle mounting straps is not acceptable. The bonding
jumper shall be sized in accordance with the branch
circuit protective device as tabulated herein under
"Grounding ". Bonding jumper shall be attached at each
outlet to the back of the box using drilled and tapped
holes and washer head screws 6 -32 or larger. For
' receptacles in surface mounted outlet boxes direct metal -
to -metal contact between receptacle mounting strap (if it
is connected to the grounding contacts) and outlet box may
' be used. Color as selected by Architect. Receptacles
connected to emergency power circuits shall be red.
B. Duplex convenience receptacles shall be grounding type,
' 120 volt, 15 ampere, and shall have two current carrying
contacts and one grounding contact which is internally
connected to the frame. Outlet shall accommodate standard
' parallel blade cap and shall be side wired. Only these
receptacles listed hereafter shall be used:
' 1. P & S or Hubbell . . . . . . . . . . . #52422.
2. Leviton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #503.
3. Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #14
C. Weatherproof receptacle: Ground fault type duplex
' receptacle, mounted in a flush hinged door enclosure with
lock and key. Enclosure shall be a P & S #4600 with a
#1591F46 receptacle. On exposed conduit runs,
' weatherproof ground fault type receptacle as hereinbefore
specified, installed in "FS" condulet with one of the
following spring door type covers:
1. P & S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #4510
2. Hubbell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #5211
' D. Special outlets shall be as indicated on the drawings.
I
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -5
1
1
'
2.06
PLATES
Provide plates for every switch, receptacle, and telephone
'
outlet. All plates shall be ivory in color on all
outlets, specifically noted otherwise.
unless
2.07
VANDALPROOF FASTENINGS
Provide approved vandalproof type screws, bolts, nuts
where exposed to sight throughout the project. Screws for
such items as switch plates, receptacle plates, fixtures,
communications equipment, fire alarm, blank covers, wall
and ceiling plates to be spanner head stainless steel,
tamperproof type. Provide Owner with six (6) screwdrivers
for this type.
2.08
STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL
'
Structural and miscellaneous steel used in connection with
electrical work and located out -of -doors or in damp
locations, shall be hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise
'
specified. Included are underground pull box covers and
similar electrical items. Galvanizing shall average 2.0
ounces per square foot and shall conform to ASTM A123.
'
2.09
FLASHING ASSEMBLIES
Provide Semco Fig. #1100 -4 lead flashing assemblies at all
'
roof penetrations. Seal the joint between flashing and
pipe with an approved waterproofing compound.
2.10
RELAYS, CONTACTORS, AND TIMESWITCHES
A.
Individual Control Relays (HV /AC Plumbing of the Control
Functions)
1. Individual control relays shall have convertible
contacts rated a minimum of 10 amperes, 600 volts
regardless of usage voltage. Coil voltage, number and
type of contacts shall be verified and supplied to
'
suit the specific usage as shown in the wiring
diagrams and /or schedules on the electrical and
mechanical drawings. Coil control circuit shall be
independently fused, sized to protect coil. Relays
shall be installed on prefabricated mounting strips.
'
Each relay shall have a surge supreme to limit coil
transient voltages. Furnished in the NEMA Type I
'
enclosure unless indicated otherwise.
Cl
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-6
1
1 0 0
1
0
2. The following relays are approved:
Manufacturer
Arrow Hart
General Electric
I.T.E.
Square D Co.
Westinghouse
Allen Bradley
B. Contactors and /or Relays
1. Contactors and /or
be 600 volt A.C.,
held units, open
of poles and of s
Provide auxiliary
contactor and /or
circuit.
Type
IMP
Class CR.2811
Class J10
Class 8501, Type A
Bul. 16 -321, Type NH
Approved Equal
relays for control of lighting shall
electrically operated, mechanically
type for panel mounting with number
ize as indicated on the drawings.
control relay for operation of each
relay with a two -wire control
'
2.
Contactors and /or relays shall be mounted in
panelboards in barriered section under separate hinged
lockable doors or in contactor and /or relay cabinets
as called for on the drawings. Contactors and /or
t
relays shall be installed on Lord sound absorbing
rubber mounts.
'
3.
Contactors and /or relays shall be Automatic Switch Co.
Bulletin #920 Series for 2 and 3 pole, Automatic
Switch Co. Bulletin 1255 -166 Series with poles as
indicated on drawings. Coil control circuit shall be
independently fused, sized to protect coil.
4.
Contactors and /or relays shall be equipped with a
switch, in the proper configuration, to disconnect the
control circuit controlling the coil of the respective
device. Control circuit disconnect switch shall be
'
labeled showing function of device.
C. Timeswitches
'
1.
All timeswitches shall have synchronous motor drive
for operation on 120 or 277 volts, 60 Hertz,A.C. and
shall be furnished with a ten -hour, spring- driven,
'
reserve -power motor. Contacts shall be rated 40A per
pole.
'
a. Exterior lighting timeswitches for control of
individual circuits or electrically- operated
relays shall have astronomic dial and shall be
Tork 7000ZL Series or approved equal by Paragon or
'
Intermatic.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -7
t
b. Interior lighting timeswitches for control of
' individual circuits or electrically- operated
relays shall be Tork 7000 Series or approved equal
by Paragon or Intermatic.
C. Timeswitches for control of air conditioning or
plumbing equipment shall have seven day dial and
shall be Tork WL Series or approved equal by
Paragon or Intermatic.
2. All timeswitches shall be mounted in separate sections
' in top of panelboards under separate lockable doors
unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Clear
opening for timeswitch shall be a minimum of 12" x
12 ".
' D. Contactors and /or Relays / Timeswitch Cabinet
1. Contactors, relays, and /or timeswitches not indicated
to be mounted in electrical panels shall be mounted in
a cabinet, size as required, with hinged lockable door
' keyed the same as panelboards. Construction of
cabinet shall be similar to terminal cabinets.
' 2. Each contactor, relay or timeswitch mounted in the
contactor cabinet shall be partitioned in its own
compartment, and shall be installed on Lord sound
absorbing mounts.
3. Contactor cabinets shall be of the same manufacturer
as the panelboards.
4. Where relays and /or contactors occupy the same
enclosure as timeswitches they shall have a clear
acrylic shield installed over each relay or contactor
to guard line exposed parts from accidental contact by
nonauthorized personnel.
2.11 DISCONNECTS
Disconnect switches shall be rated 600 volts A.C., NEMA
Type HD, quick -make, quick- break, h.p.- rated, nonfusible
or fusible, Class "R ", in NEMA Type I enclosure, lockable
with number of poles and amperage as indicated on the
drawings. Where enclosure is indicated W.P.
(weatherproof) switches shall be raintight NEMA Type 3R
with the enclosure, lockable. Maximum voltage, current
and horsepower rating shall be clearly marked on the
' switch enclosure and switches having dual element fuses
shall have ratings indicated on the metal plate.
LJ
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -8
I
1
1
f i
2.12 TRANSFORMERS
A. Provide dry type transformers constructed to meet
Underwriters' Laboratories Specification UL 506, tested in
accordance with USAS I and NEMA Standards. Performance on
transformers shall be equal to or better than ANSI, NEMA,
IEEE and N.E.C. published criteria. U.L. Class 2200C
insulation with maximum winding temperature rise of 1500C
in 400C ambient at 100% continuous rated capacity with
overload capacity per ANSI C57.12 and C57.96.
Transformers shall be equipped with four 2 -1/2% full
capacity taps, 2 above and 2 below normal voltage.
Primary and secondary terminals shall be accessible,
located behind a removable front cover plate.
B. Transformers supplied shall be manufactured by Acme,
Westinghouse, General Electric, Square D Co., or ITC
Transformer Co. Transformers shall be mounted per Korfund
Literature for weight of transformer, and connected by one
of the following methods:
1. Underfloor conduit resulting in no rigid connections
to transformer. (Use ground strap for equipment
ground.)
2. Sealtite flexible conduit. (Use ground wire for
equipment ground).
3. Pullbox or wireways from transformer which are
isolated from transformer with an approved sound
absorbing neoprene gasket. (Use ground strap for
equipment ground.)
C. Bolt floor- mounted transformers to the floor using
isolation rubber mounts.
D. Test Requirements: The transformers furnished to this
specification shall be subjected to the following
production tests:
1. Applied Potential
2. Induced Potential
3. No Load Loss.
4. Voltage Ratio.
5. Polarity
6. Continuity
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-9
' E. The manufacturer shall have performed the following
additional tests on units identical to the design type
being supplied to this specification. Proof of
performance of these tests in the form of test data sheets
1 shall be provided at the time shop drawings are submitted
for approval.
1
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -10
1.
Sound Levels:
2.
Temperature
3.
Full Load Losses
1
4.
Regulation
51 KVA to 150 KVA . . . . . . . 50 db
5.
Impedance
1
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -10
F.
Sound Levels: Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the
manufacturer not to exceed the following values:
9 KVA and below . . . . 40 db
1
. . .
10 KVA to 50 KVA . 45 db
51 KVA to 150 KVA . . . . . . . 50 db
151 KVA to 300 KVA . . . . . . . 55 db
'
301 KVA to 500 KVA . . . . . . . 60 db
G.
Transformer windings shall be copper or aluminum.
2.13
SPARE FUSE CABINETS
Provide a cabinet in each room where a switchboard or
'
motor control center is installed and contains fuses.
Cabinets shall be as specified for "Terminal Cabinets" and
shall be of sufficient size to contain all spare fuses
hereinbefore specified. Provide clips (2 per fuse) for
each spare fuse. Mount clips on a plywood backboard in
the cabinet. Label cabinet "SPARE FUSES ".
2.14
CONCRETE WORK
A.
Portland Cement:
1. ASTM C33 -67, Type II, Low Alkali Cement. Composed of
Portland cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and
water.
a. Concrete for use as electrical equipment footings,
lighting pole bases and equipment slabs on grade,
concrete shall attain minimum 28 day compressive
strength of 3000 psi, using not less than 5 sacks
of cement per cu. yd. of wet concrete.
1
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -10
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-11
I
b. Concrete for duct /conduit encasement, the
minimum 28 day compressive strength shall be 2000
psi. Provide a minimum of five pounds of red
oxide concrete coloring per yard of concrete.
'
c. Mix shall obtain a 6" slump, measured with
standard slump cone per ASTM C145 -58.
2. Coarse Aggregate: Uniformly graded between maximum
size not over 1 -1/2" and not less then 3/4" and
minimum size #4, crushed rock or washed gravel. For
concrete encased ducts only, max, aggregate size shall
'
be 1/2 ".
'
3. Fine Aggregate: Clean, natural washed sand of hard
and durable particles varying from fine to particles
passing 3/8" screen, of which at least 12% shall pass
50 mesh screen.
B.
Water: Clean and free from deleterious quantities of
acids, alkalis, salts, or organic materials.
C.
Reinforcement:
1. Bars: Intermediate Grade Steel conforming to ASTM
A15 -66, with deformations conforming to ASTM A305 -65,
except #2 bars shall be plain.
2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 -64.
3. Bending: Conform to requirements of ACI 318 -63.
D.
Form Material: For exposed work, use PS 1 -66 "B -B
Concrete Form" plywood forms, or equal. Elsewhere, forms
may be plywood, metal, or 1" x 6" boards. Forms for round
'
lighting pole bases shall be sono -tube.
PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.01
GROUNDING (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A.
Grounding shall be executed in accordance with all
applicable codes and regulations, both of the State of
California and local authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
The neutral of each transformer shall be grounded by
individual separate ground conductors in individual
conduits as follows:
1. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to building
main ground bus.
2. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to nearest
available effectively grounded building structural
steel member or grounded metal cold water pipe.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-11
I
11
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -12
D. Each pull box or
any other
enclosure in which
C. The transformer neutral ground
conductors for secondary
ground wires are
side of the transformers shall
be copper and shall be
sized according to the following
table:
Secondary Total Equivelent
Neutral Ground
lug for each ground
Size Copper
Wire Size Copper
No more than one
#2 or smaller
#6 -1" conduit
per lug.
1 or 1/0
#4 -1" conduit
2/0 or 3/0
#2 -1 1/4" conduit
4/0 thru 350 MCM
#1 -1 1/4" conduit
Over 350 MCM thru 600
MCM 2/0 -1 1/2" conduit
'
Over 600 MCM thru 1100
MCM 3/0 -1 1/2" conduit
'
Over 1100 MCM
4/0 -2" conduit
11
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -12
D. Each pull box or
any other
enclosure in which
several
OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
ground wires are
terminated shall be equipped
with a
ground bus secured to the
interior of the enclosure. The
bus shall have a
separate
lug for each ground
conductor.
vertical line. Where outlets are shown at same location
No more than one
conductor
shall be installed
per lug.
11
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -12
E.
The maximum resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms.
3.02
OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A.
Accurately place boxes and securely fasten to structural
members . Where outlets are shown at same location but at
different mounting heights, install outlets in one
1
vertical line. Where outlets are shown at same location
and mounting height, mount outlets as close together as
possible. Where switches and receptacles are shown at the
same location and mounting height, mount in common outlet
box with barriers between devices. Where switches are
shown on wall adjacent to hinge side of doors, box shall
be installed to clear door when door is fully opened.
'
B.
Flush mounted boxes shall be attached to two studs or
structure members by means of metal supports.
C.
Boxes above accessible ceilings shall be attached to
structural members. Where boxes are suspended, they shall
be supported independently of conduit system by means of
hanger rods and /or preformed steel channels. Boxes shall
be supported independently of all piping, duct work,
equipment, ceiling hanger wires and suspended ceiling grid
system.
D.
Surface mounted outlets shall be attached to concrete or
'
masonry walls by means of expansion shields.
E.
Floor boxes shall be installed level with finish floor and
within adjustable limits of floor ring. Where outlets are
shown at same or adjacent location, use multigang boxes.
11
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -12
3.03 DIMMER SWITCHES
A. Do not break off dimmer cooling fins.
B. Large dimmers shall be surface wall mounted at the
location indicated on the drawings.
3.04 CONCRETE WORK
A. Form
D. Placing of Concrete:
1. Space forms properly with spreaders and securely tie
'
together. Do not use twisted wire form ties. Keep
forms wet to prevent joints from opening up before
'
concrete is placed. Replace improper construction as
directed. Do not use wood inside forms.
2. Build in and set all anchors, dowels, bolts, sleeves,
iron frames, expansion joints and other materials
required for the Electrical Work. Place all items
'
carefully, true, straight, plumb, and even.
'
3. Carefully remove all exposed forms. Cut nails and tie
wires below face of concrete and fill all holes.
Rubbish will not be allowed to remain in, under, or
around concrete.
B. Mixing: Use batch machine mixer of approved type. After
ingredients are in mixer, mix for at least 1 -1/2 minutes.
C. Transit Mixing: In lieu of mixing at site, transite
mixing may be used if rate of delivery, haul time, mixing
time, and hopper capacity is such that concrete delivered
will be placed in forms within 90 minutes from time of
introduction of cement and water to mixer.
D. Placing of Concrete:
1. Before placing concrete, remove wood, rubbish,
'
vegetable matter and loose material from inside forms.
Thoroughly wet down wood forms to close joints.
2. Clean reinforcement, remove paint, loose rust, scale
and foreign material. Bars with bends not called for
will be rejected. Hold securely in place to prevent
displacement. Lap bar splices 24 diameters, min; lap
'
fabric one mesh min. Tie intersections, corners,
splices with 16 ga. annealed wire, or as otherwise
called for.
3. Place concrete immediately after mixing. Do not use
concrete that has begun to set; no tempering will be
allowed. If chuting is used, avoid segregation. In
placing new concrete against existing concrete, use
bonding agent per manufacturer's directions.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -13
4. Give careful and thorough attention to curing of
concrete. Keep concrete and forms wet for a minimum
of 10 days, after placing concrete.
E. Concrete Finish:
1. Finish of Exposed Concrete: Horizontal surfaces,
steel troweled monolithic finish; vertical surfaces,
smooth and free of fins, holes, projection, etc.
2. Exposed lighting pole bases shall be filled and sack
finished to a smooth finish.
END OF SECTION
i
1
I
1
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -14
r
11
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -1
SECTION 16111
'
CONDUIT AND WIRE
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE
A.
Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools,
equipment, facilities, transportation and services
necessary for and incidental to performing all operations
in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation
of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the
drawings and /or specified herein.
'
1.02
SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A.
Submit product data sheets for all wire, conduit, fittings
'
and splicing materials.
B.
Submit material list for all conduit and fittings.
'
PART 2
- PRODUCTS
2.01
CONDUIT
A.
Rigid steel conduit: Hot -dip galvanized, zinc coated.
Threads shall be galvanized after fabrication.
B.
PVC coated rigid steel conduit: Hot dipped galvanized
after fabrication, with bonded 20 mil coating of polyvinyl
chloride.
C.
Electrical metallic tubing: Galvanized. Couplings and
connectors, seamless steel construction and of the set
'
screw or water -tight compression type with insulated
throat, Thomas & Betts Co. #5123 or #5031 Series or
approved equal.
D.
Flexible conduit: Galvanized steel. Connector shall be
Thomas & Betts Co. #3312 and /or #3332 Series, complete
'
with insulated throat, or approved equal.
E.
Liquid -tight flexible conduit: Sealtite Type U.A. with
Appleton Series "ST" connectors.
11
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -1
0 0
F. Nonmetallic conduit: Polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 40 or
' type "EB" (concrete encased).
2.02 WIRE AND CABLE
' A. All wire and cable shall be copper, 600 volt, #12 AWG
minimum unless specifically noted otherwise on the
drawings. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid.
Conductors #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Type of
insulation as noted on drawings and as follows:
120/208 Volt 480/277Volt
Provide a continuous color Provide a continuous
stripe on each conductor stripe on each conductor
insulation, orange or insulation blue or
yellow except ground black, except ground
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111-2
1.
Type THHN /THWN insulation used for #4 AWG and smaller.
2.
Type THW or THHN /THWN insulation used for #2 AWG and
larger.
3.
Type THW used for all panel feeders and service
conductors.
4.
Type THHN insulation used for circuit conductors
installed in fluorescent lighting fixture raceways,
for conductors connected to the secondary of
fluorescent or mercury vapor fixture ballast or other
hot locations.
5.
Type XHHW or THWN insulation shall be used where
conductors are installed in conduit exposed to the
weather.
'
6.
The following color code shall be used for branch
circuits:
Neutral . . . . White (Tape feeder neutrals with
white tape near connections)
1
a. Normal Power
120/208 Volt 480/277 Volt
Ground . . . . . Green Ground . . . . . Green
Phase A . . . . Black Phase A . . . . Brown
Phase B . . . . Red Phase B . . . . Orange
Phase C . . . . Blue Phase C . . . . Yellow
b. Emergency power same insulation color as normal
power except as follows:
120/208 Volt 480/277Volt
Provide a continuous color Provide a continuous
stripe on each conductor stripe on each conductor
insulation, orange or insulation blue or
yellow except ground black, except ground
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111-2
' 0 0
I 7. Feeders identified as to phase or leg in each
panelboard with printed identifying tape.
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -3
I
8. Fire alarm conductors: Use 600 -volt, type THHN /THWN
conductors and color -coded per equipment
manufacturer's recommendations.
9. Panel feeders, copper or aluminum: Wire size shown on
the drawings is for copper; if aluminum wire is
proposed, increase wire size to ampere capacity of
copper wire and voltage drop not to exceed that of
copper feeders indicated on drawings. Increase
conduit size and quantity as required by code.
Provide feeder calculation sheet, 8 copies, if
'
aluminum wire is proposed, showing feeder number,
length, size and voltage drop in percentage for
original copper feeders and for equal aluminum
feeders.
10. Color coding for mechanical and plumbing control
wiring shall be an agreed upon color code between the
Mechanical /Plumbing Contractor and the Electrical
Contractor, and color code shall be submitted to the
Architect in writing for approval prior to
installation.
B. Aluminum Conductors (600 Volt or Less Only): Contactor has
the option of using aluminum conductors in lieu of copper
conductors for feeders only to panels, distribution
boards /panels, transformers, motor control centers, and
dimmer switchboard. If aluminum conductors are used, the
'
following requirements shall be followed:
1. Conductors shall be EC grade, semi - annealed aluminum
with the same (THW or THWN) insulation as called for
under copper conductors. Aluminum conductor larger
than 500 MCM shall not be used.
'
2. If the conductor termination is to be made on a bus
bar of similar flat surface, a Burndy Type AYP HYPLUG
compression terminal intended for the specific
conductor size, factory filled with oxide inhibitor
compound shall be used. Terminal must be installed
using a hydraulic compression tool equipment with a
'
die head for the particular terminal used. Only
Burndy Hypress tools shall be used for compression.
3. If the conductor termination is to be made into a
circuit breaker or similar insert compartment it shall
be terminated by one of the following:
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -3
I
6. A Belleville washer shall not be required where
aluminum to aluminum contact is made with an aluminum
bolt or where a stud smaller than 3/8" diameter is
' used.
LJ
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111-4
0 0
a. The conductor shall be terminated at each end with
'
12" to 24" of specified copper conductor. The
copper conductor may be reduced to the code size
corresponding to the frame size of the circuit
breaker protecting the feeder. Splicing of the
'
copper to the aluminum conductor shall be by one
of the two following methods:
1
1) Cadweld aluminum fusion welding.
2) Straight, tin - plated aluminum tubular
connector, with factory - filled oxide
'
inhibitor, of the same manufacturer and series
as the terminal specified in subparagraph B.2
above. The connector shall be hydraulically
compressed at the copper to aluminum splice by
using a Burndy AYP HYREDUCER fitting applied
with only a Burndy Hypress tool to
simultaneously compress three surfaces.
Insulation of the splice shall be with a
Sangamo, or specifically approved equal, heat
'
shrink sleeve. All switchboards,
distribution panels, and panelboards where
this type of transition is made shall have 12"
of extra gutter space at the end or side where
the feeders enter.
'
b. The conductor shall be terminated by use of a
Burndy AYP HYPLUG compression adapter intended for
the specific conductor size, factory filled with
oxide inhibitor compound. Terminal must be
'
installed using only Burndy Hydraulic compression
tool to simultaneously compress three surfaces.
'
4. Connector aid shall be used for all terminations and
connections. Connector aid shall be Burndy Pentrox A,
NO -OX -11) Grade "A ".
5. When an aluminum lug is terminated to a copper bus
with a steel or copper stud or bolt, place aluminum
lug on stud or bolt followed by a flat steel washer, a
'
Belleville washer, and steel or copper nut, in that
order.
6. A Belleville washer shall not be required where
aluminum to aluminum contact is made with an aluminum
bolt or where a stud smaller than 3/8" diameter is
' used.
LJ
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111-4
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -5
PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.01
TRENCHING, FOOTINGS, SLEEVES
A.
Contractor shall provide trenching, concrete encasement of
conduits, backfilling, and compaction for the underground
electrical work, in accordance with applicable sections of
'
this specification.
B.
Provide footings for all post and /or pole- mounted lighting
fixtures: concrete shall conform to the applicable
sections of this specification.
C.
Provide standard steel pipe sleeves in concrete footings
and foundations to permit conduit to pass through, and
'
have an inside diameter not less than 1" larger than
outside diameter of passing conduit.
3.02
GROUNDING
A.
Grounding shall be executed in accordance with all
applicable codes and regulations, both of the State of
'
California and local authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Where nonmetallic conduit is used in the underground
distribution system, the Contractor shall install the
proper sized copper ground wire in the conduit with the
feeder for use as an equipment ground. The electrical
'
metallic raceway system shall be grounded to this ground
wire.
C.
The maximum resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms.
D.
Where an equipment bonding ground wire is installed or
where nonmetallic or flexible conduit is used for feeder,
subfeeder or branch circuit wiring, a green insulated,
copper ground wire, sized in accordance with the following
table, shall be installed. Install ground wire in each
conduit with phase conductors.
Feeder, Subfeeders & Branch Minimum
'
Circuit Protection Ground Wire Size
15 Amp #12
'
20 Amp #12
30 to 60 Amp #10
70 to 100 Amp #8 ;
101 to 200 Amp #6
'
201 to 400 Amp #3
401 to 600 Amp #1
601 to 800 Amp 1/0
801 to 1000 Amp 2/0
1001 to 1200 Amp 3/0
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -5
1.
Embedded in
brick or
•
3.
•
interior
1201
to
1600
Amp
4/0
1
1601
to
2000
Amp
250 MCM
2001
to
2500
Amp
350 MCM
2501
to
4000
Amp
500 MCM
E. Where conductors are run in parallel in multiple raceways,
the grounding conductor shall be run in parallel. Each
parallel equipment grounding conductor shall be sized on
the basis of the ampere rating of the overcurrent device
protecting the circuit conductors in the raceway. When
conductors are adjusted in size to compensate for voltage
drop, grounding conductors, where required, shall be
adjusted proportionately in size.
F. Ground conductors for branch circuit wiring shall be
attached at each outlet to the back of the box using
drilled and tapped holes and washer head screws, 6 -32 or
larger.
G. Each panelboard, switchboard, pull box or any other
enclosure in which several ground wires are terminated
shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the
interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate
lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor
shall be installed per lug.
H. In addition to all cold water and structural steel grounds
provided to meet this specification, there shall be a main
ground system consisting of a Ufer ground which shall be a
minimum of 30 ft. of #4/0 AWG bare copper cable embedded
horizontally in concrete footing, so that all portions of
the cable are between 2" and 4" from the earth and with
the center of the cable terminated at the main ground bus
in main electrical room.
I. The interior metal water piping system shall be bonded to
the main service equipment enclosure, the grounded
conductor at the service, the building service grounding
conductor or the building service conduit if metallic.
3.03 CONDUIT
A. The sizes of the conduits for the various circuits shall
be as indicated on the drawings and as required by code
for the size and number of conductors to be pulled
therein. Conduits to be concealed except as noted
otherwise.
B. Rigid steel conduit shall be used in the following areas:
1. Embedded in concrete.
2.
Embedded in
brick or
masonry walls.
3.
Exposed on
interior
of buildings below eight feet.
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -6
I
1
I
I
7
L
11
4. Exposed on exterior of building.
5. Damp or wet locations.
Rigid steel conduit shall not be installed in direct
contact with earth or sand.
C. PVC- coated rigid steel conduit shall be used for all
elbows and risers, for underground nonmetallic conduits,
and for all underground microphone, speaker and dimming
control circuit conduits.
D. Electrical metallic tubing up to and including 4 inch may
be installed as permitted by codes referenced within
specifications.
E. Flexible steel conduit may be used where concealed in
walls or above ceilings.
F. Liquid -tight flexible conduit shall be used for final
connection to motors, control devices mounted on vibrating
or rotating equipment, equipment indicated on drawings to
have flexible conduit connections, and in all areas where
exposed flexible connections are required.
G. Nonmetallic conduit shall be used for all underground
runs unless specifically noted or specified otherwise.
Provide PVC - coated steel conduit for all elbows and
risers. Nonmetallic conduit shall not be run in slabs or
walls, above ceilings or exposed.
H. Conduit Installation:
1. Securely and rigidly support all conduits from
building structure. Provide supports maximum of ten
feet on centers and within three feet of all bends,
outlets, junction boxes, cabinets, panels and
fittings. Conduits shall be supported independent of
all piping, duct work, equipment ceiling hanger wires,
and suspended ceiling grid systems. All conduits
shall be secured by means of approved pipe clamps or
straps. The use of "plumbers tape" is prohibited.
2. Individual conduits suspended above ceiling shall be
supported by means of hanger rods and pipe clamps.
Multiple conduits suspended above ceilings shall be
supported by means of trapeze type hangers and pipe
clamps.
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111-7
3. Individual conduits placed against brick, masonry or
' concrete walls or slabs shall be secured with pipe
clamps and expansion shields. Individual conduits
placed against dry wall or plaster construction shall
be secured by means of pipe clamps and screws attached
to studs or other structural members. The use of
toggle bolts is prohibited. Provide preformed channel
supports for all multiple conduits placed against
' walls or slabs.
4. Unless otherwise restricted by structural drawings as
' specifications, the maximum size conduit permitted in
concrete slabs or walls shall not be greater than 1/4
of the slab thickness. Conduits installed in concrete
' slabs shall not cross.
5. Conduit below slab on grade or underground exterior to
building shall be spaced a minimum of 3" between
' identical systems and 12" between power and all other
systems except at termination points.
' 6. Conduits which are installed at this time and left
empty for future use shall have polyvinyl rope left in
place for future use.
'
7.
Conduits stubbed outside of building line for future
use shall be terminated a minimum of five feet clear
of building or adjacent concrete walks or A.C. paving
'
and capped. Provide concrete monuments , 6" x 6" x
15" deep, buried flush with grade over the capped
ends. The face of monument shall be furnished with 3"
square brass plates securely mounted and engraved with
'
the number and size of conduits and type of service
(i.e., "POWER ", "TEL. ", etc.).
8.
Provide expansion and deflection fittings, with
bonding jumper at all building expansion or seismic
joint crossings.
9.
Provide two locknuts and an insulated bushing at each
metallic conduit terminating at outlet boxes, junction
'
boxes, terminal cabinets, switchboards and
panelboards. Provide insulated bushing at each
metallic conduit stub -up location. Bushings shall
have ground lugs when installed on a metallic
extension of PVC conduit run.
10.
Provide metallic or plastic caps on all conduit during
construction until installation of conductors.
I
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -8
11. Branch circuit and telephone conduits turned up from
' floor into interior demountable partitions or to
equipment not adjacent to a wall shall terminate in
flush coupling at floor and then extend into partition
' or to equipment. Refer to architectural drawings for
location of demountable partitions.
12. Conduit run exposed shall be run at right angles or
' parallel to the walls or structures. All changes in
directions, either horizontally or vertically, shall
be made with conduit outlet bodies as manufactured by
Crouse Hinds or equal. Conduits run on exposed beams
or trellis work shall be painted to match surrounding
surfaces. Conduits run exposed on roofs shall be
installed on 2x4 redwood sleepers, maximum 5 foot on
centers. Sleepers shall be set in nonhardening
mastic.
13. Rigid steel conduit or electrical metallic tubing
shall not be strapped or fastened to equipment subject
to vibration or mounted on shock absorbing bases.
14. From each panel which is flush mounted in a wall, stub
up from top of the panel a minimum of four 3/4"
conduits to the nearest ceiling spaces or other
accessible location and cap for future use.
15. Conduit rising from floor for motor connection
' independently supported if over 24" above floor.
Support shall not be to a motor or duct work which may
transmit vibrations.
11
I
1
I
16. All conduits, except for 120 volt branch circuits,
which are run exterior to building slab shall be
concrete encased. If PVC type EB conduit is used it
shall be concrete encased the full length of the
conduit installation, including under building slab.
17. Concrete for encasement of nonmetallic conduits shall
be 2000 PSI with a maximum of 3/4" gravel. Provide
prefabricated plastic spacers between each conduit.
Provide a minimum of 2" of concrete between each
conduit and a minimum of 3" of concrete on top, bottom
and side of duct bank. Provide a minimum of 12" of
concrete between power and signal system conduits.
Provide ten pounds of red coloring cement for each
cubic yard of concrete.
18. Provide all trenching, excavation, shoring and
backfilling required for the proper installation of
underground conduits. Bottoms of trenches to be cut
to grade. Make trenches 12 inches wider than the
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -9
E. All wiring, including low voltage, shall be installed in
conduit.
F. Control wiring to conform to the wiring diagrams shown on
the mechanical drawings and the manufacturer's wiring
diagrams.
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -10
I
greatest diameter of the conduit. All conduits
exterior to building slab shall be set on a 6 inch bed
of damp sand, and backfilled to within 12 inches of
finished grade with damp sand. Remainder of backfill
to be native soil. Soil shall have no stones or
aggregate greater than 4 ". Do not backfill until
installation has been approved and as -built drawings
are up to date. Promptly install all conduits after
excavation has been done, so as to keep the
excavations open as short a time as possible. All
excess soil from trenching shall be removed from the
site.
19. Install underground conduit, except under buildings,
'
not less than 24" below finished grade in nontraffic
areas and 30" below finished grade in traffic areas,
including roads and parking areas. Install long
radius bends in all underground conduits in excess of
100 feet long.
3.04
WIRE AND CABLE
rA.
Branch circuit and fixture joints for #10 AWG and smaller
wire shall be made with UL- approved connectors listed for
600 volts, approved for use with copper and /or aluminum
wire. Connector to consist of a cone - shaped, expandable
coil spring insert, insulated with a nylon shell and 2
wings placed opposite each other to serve as a built -in
wrench or shall be molded one -piece as manufactured by
"Scotchlok ".
B.
Branch circuit joints of #8 AWG and larger shall be made
with screw pressure connectors made of high strength
structural aluminum alloy and UL- approved for use with
both copper and /or aluminum wire as manufactured by Thomas
& Betts. Joints shall be insulated with plastic splicing
tape, half - lapped and at least the thickness equivalent to
the conductor insulation. Tapes shall be fresh and of
quality equal to Scotch.
C.
Use U.L. listed pulling compound for installation of
conductors in conduits.
D.
Correspond each circuit to the branch number indicated on
the panel schedule shown on the drawings except where
departures are approved by the Architect or the Owner's
inspectors.
E. All wiring, including low voltage, shall be installed in
conduit.
F. Control wiring to conform to the wiring diagrams shown on
the mechanical drawings and the manufacturer's wiring
diagrams.
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -10
I
G. All splices in exterior pull boxes and light poles shall
' be epoxy encapsulated.
H. Neatly group and lace all wiring in panelboards, motor
' control centers and terminal cabinets with plastic ties at
3" on centers. Tag all spare conductors.
I
I
I
I
11
I
E
I
I
END OF SECTION
CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -11
1 i
SECTION 16160
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -1
1
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE
A.
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appliances,
tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to
performing all operations in connection with furnishing,
delivery and installation of the work of this Section,
complete, as shown on the drawings and /or specified
herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to
'
the following:
1. Examination of all other specification sections and
drawings for related work required to be included as
work under Division Sixteen.
2. General provisions and requirements for electrical
work.
1.02
SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A.
Provide manufacturers catalog data for panelboards,
cabinets and circuit breakers to Engineer for approval
prior to ordering materials.
B.
Provide shop drawing showing panelboard circuit
arrangements, size, voltage, ampacity, overcurrent
protective devices, etc.
C.
Provide nameplate engraving schedule.
PART 2
- PRODUCTS
2.01
PANELBOARDS
A.
Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as
indicated with circuit breakers as shown on panel
schedule, hinged lockable doors, index card holders and
proper bussing.
B.
Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards shall be
1
furnished with subfeed breakers and /or lugs, split
bussing, contactors, time switches, relays, etc., as
required.
C.
All panelboards shall be keyed alike.
D.
All panelboards shall be finished with one coat of zinc
chromate and coat of primer sealer after a thorough
cleaning where exposed to public view (e.g., corridors,
covered passages, offices, etc.) and gray in switchboard,
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -1
1
I
I. Provide 6" additional gutter space in all panels where
double lugs are required, or where cable size exceeds bus
size. Minimum bottom gutter space shall be 6" high. 12"
additional gutter space may be required for aluminum
feeders where used.
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -2
janitor's heater and storage rooms. Prime coated
panelboard shall be painted to match surroundings after
installation. Panelboards shall be fabricated of sheet
steel of the following minimum gauges: Door and trim #12;
enclosure - code gauge steel.
E.
Furnish all panelboards and terminal cabinets with Yale
46515 flush locks and LL806 keys except where indicated
otherwise herein. Fasten the trim to panelboards and
terminal cabinets by means of concealed, bolted or screwed
fasteners accessible only when the door is open.
F.
Panelboards 208/120 volt, three phase, 4 wire, SIN or
120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, SIN.
Panelboard types as manufactured by:
1. Westinghouse . . . . . . . . . . . . Type BIOB
2. General Electric I.T.E. Type
or . . . . . NLAB
1
3. Square D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NQOB
4. Sylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NA1B
G.
Panelboards for 480/277 volt, three phase, 4 wire, SIN.
Panelboard types as manufactured by:
1. Westinghouse Type WEHB
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2. General Electric or I.T.E. . . . . . Type NHB
3. Square D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NEHB
4. Sylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NH1B
H.
Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20"
wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have
a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim
plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth
!
shall be 5 -3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for
devices.
I
I. Provide 6" additional gutter space in all panels where
double lugs are required, or where cable size exceeds bus
size. Minimum bottom gutter space shall be 6" high. 12"
additional gutter space may be required for aluminum
feeders where used.
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -2
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160-3
• •
J.
Panelboards with buss sizes greater than 400 ampere for
480/277 volt, three phase, 4 wire, SIN or 480 volt, three
phase, 3 wire shall be 24" (maximum) wide by 6 -1/2"
(maximum) deep units and 30" to 38" (maximum) wide by 8"
to 12" (maximum) deep units. The wider units shall be
used only at locations where the narrow unit is not
available with the number of 225 ampere frame branch
circuits shown on the panel schedules, or where the main
breaker size exceeds the narrow panel maximum.
Distribution panelboards shall be as manufactured by:
Narrow Wide
1. I.T.E. . . . . . . . . Type NHB . . . . Type CDP
2. General Electric . . . Type NHB . . . . Type CCB
3. Square D Co. . - - -- . . . Type HCN or HCM
4. Westinghouse . . . . . Type WEHB . . . Type CDP
5. Sylvania . . . . . . . Type NDP . . . . Type CDP
6. Distribution panelboards for 208/120 volt three phase
and 120/240 volt single phase, shall be similar to the
480/277 volt panelboards.
K.
Panelboards shown on the drawings with relays, time clocks
or other control devices shall have a separate metal
barriered compartment mounted above panel with separate
hinged locking door to match panelboard. Provide mounting
subbase in cabinet for control devices and wiring terminal
strips.
L.
Panelboard shall have a circuit index card holder
removable type, with clear plastic cover. Index card
shall have numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker
numbers.
•
2.02
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A.
Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting
'
rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltages thru
240 volt and 14,000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as
specified on the drawings. In no case shall the
interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating
'
unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
B.
Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following
companies only are acceptable:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Square D Co.
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160-3
' 0 0
I3.
Westinghouse Co.
4. T.T.E. Co.
5. Sylvania
C.
Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that
the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers
correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the
drawings. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-
white micarta tabs or other previously approved method.
Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from
front of panel will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs
shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker.
D.
Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they
shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with
tie -bar between handles will not be accepted,
E.
All circuit breakers shall be padlockable in the "off"
position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or
mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit
sample for approval). Other means of attachment shall not
be accepted without prior written approval of Architect.
F.
Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors
and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with
lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers
shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in
place.
r
G.
Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt on type.
2.03
BUSSING
'
A.
Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper, or full
length silver or tin - plated aluminum.
I
B.
Bussing shall be braced to withstand symmetrical short
circuit ratings as follows or as noted on drawings. In no
case shall bus short circuit bracing be less than
specified circuit breakers:
1. 240 volt and below 10,000 amp.
2. Greater than 240V 14,000 amp.
i'
C.
Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus
secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall
have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more
than one conductor shall be installed per lug.
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160-4
I
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -5
2.04
TERMINAL CABINETS
A.
Terminal cabinets shall be fabricated of code gauge sheet
steel for flush mounting (except where noted as surface)
of size indicated on the drawings, and complete with
hinged lockable doors and the number of 2 -way screw
terminals required for termination of all conductors.
Terminal cabinet locks to operate from same key used for
'
panelboards. The trim to terminal cabinets shall be
fastened by means of concealed bolted or screwed fasteners
accessible behind door to terminal cabinets. Terminal
1
cabinets shall have 5/8" plywood backing. Cabinets
shall be finished with one coat of zinc chromate and one
coat of primer sealer after a thorough cleaning where
exposed to public view (e.g., corridors, covered passages,
'
offices, etc.) and gray in switchboard, janitors, heater
and storage rooms. Prime coated cabinets shall be painted
to match surroundings after installation.
"SS".
B.
Terminals for signal systems cabinets to Cannon Type
C.
Provide engraved nameplate on each cabinet indicating its
designation and system (i.e., "Life Safety System - Panel
2LS ")
PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.01
MOUNTING
IA.
Flush mounted panelboards and terminal cabinets shall be
securely fastened to at least two studs or structural
members. Trim shall be flush with finished surface.
B.
Surface mounted panelboards and terminal cabinets shall be
.secured to walls by means of preformed steel channels
securely fastened to at least two studs or structural
members.
C.
Panelboards shall be installed to insure the top circuit
protective device (including top compartment control
devices) are not more than 6' -6" above finish floor in
front of the panel and the bottom device is a minimum of
12" above the floor. Manufacturer shall specifically
indicate on shop drawing submittals each panel where these
conditions can not be met.
3.02
IDENTIFICATION (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A.
Provide a red and white bakelite nameplate with 1/2" high
letters in each 277/480 volt panel fastened to face of
dead -front plate, to read:
"WARNING 480 VOLTS ".
I
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -5
i
�1
r�
�r
B. Panelboard manufacturer shall stencil the panel number
identification on the inside of panel door to correspond
with the panel designation on the drawings.
C. Identification plates and numbers shall be attached with
screws or twist lock fasteners. Adhesive attachment of
any kind shall not be used.
3.03 SPARE CONDUITS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
Provide three 1" conduit only stubs from each panelboard
and terminal cabinet into accessible ceiling space. Where
floor below panel or terminal cabinet is accessible.
Provide three 1" conduit only stubs into accessible floor
space.
END OF SECTION
PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS 16160 -6
SECTION 16191
SOUND CONTROL
I PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools,
equipment, facilities, transportation and services
necessary for and incidental to performing all operations
in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation
of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the
drawings and /or specified herein. Work includes, but is
' not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Examine all other sections for work related to those
1 other sections and required to be included as work
under this section.
1 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical
work.
1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 16010.
B. Submit product data sheets for vibration isolation
devices.
C. Submit detailed shop drawings including dimensioned plans,
showing equipment vibration isolation anchoring.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION
2.01 QUIETNESS OF OPERATION
1 Before the work will be accepted as complete, quietness of
operation, to a degrees satisfactory to the Architect,
shall be attained for apparatus, equipment, fixtures,
' etc., included under the electrical work. Provide
isolation and vibration protection required.
2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Objective: It is the objective of this specification to
provide the necessary design for the avoidance of
I excessive noise or vibration in the building due to the
operation of machinery or transformers, and /or due to
interconnected conduit.
SOUND CONTROL 1619171
B.
2.03
A.
0
1
• to
Contractor Responsibility:
1. Provide a submittal to the Architect and Engineer for
approval prior to any installation of his equipment,
containing the following information:
a. Catalog cuts and data sheets on specific vibration
isolators to be utilized showing compliance with
the specification.
b. An itemized list showing the items of equipment to
be isolated, the isolator loading and deflection
and isolator placement.
C. Drawings showing methods for attachment of conduit
to motors.
2. Furnish and install the vibration isolation devices as
specified herein.
3. Do not install any equipment or conduit as specified
in the schedule which makes rigid contact with the
"building" unless it is approved in this specification
or by the Engineer. "Building" includes slabs, beams,
studs, walls, lath, etc.
4. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid
contact between equipment or conduit as specified in
the schedule and the building. Inform other trades
following his work, such as plastering, to avoid any
contact which would reduce the vibration isolation.
5. Obtain written and /or oral instructions from the
vibration isolation manufacturer as to the proper
installation and adjustment of vibration isolation
devices.
VIBRATION ISOLATION TYPES
Isolator Description:
1. Isolate all transformers with Type MN molded neoprene
units equipped with leveling bolts and design status
deflection under load of 0.3 ".
2. Isolate all switchgear connected directly to
transformer with Type PN isolators. Limit loading to
a static deflection of 0.06 inch. Choose the area of
pad to match the load with the manufacturer's
recommended unit loading. An auxiliary steel plate
may be required to distribute the load uniformly over
the pad area.
Equivalent Vibration Isolators:
SOUND CONTROL 1619172
•
1. TYPE DESCRIPTION
Neoprene Mount
MN a) 0.2" max.
deflection
b) 0.4" max.
deflection
PN Neoprene Pad
2. NOTES
(1) Elastrogrip
(2) Shearflex
(3) Kinetic
A B C D E F G
N FD R RV CS F T-44
ND FDD RD RFD FU RD T -44
W (1) (2) NR R (3) 10OW
MANUFACTURER'S CODE
A. Mason Industries
B. Kor£und
C. Vibration Mounting
D. Amber /Booth
E. Sausse
F. Consolidated Kinetics
G. Vibration Eliminator
2.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. Provide flexible conduit or an approved vibration
isolation device between any transformer and the building
structure.
B. Secure all electrical panels connected to transformers by
flexible conduit to the floor. Do not contact stud or
masonry partitions. Isolated panels from the floor as
specified herein.
C. Provide flexible conduit connections to all connections to
air conditioning, plumbing, etc., or any rotating or
oscillating equipment requiring electrical motors. Base
the length of flexible conduit required for each motor
upon the requirements for a 360 degrees loop in the
conduit between the electrical motor and electrical box.
D. As an alternative to the 360 degrees loop, a Neoprene or
rubber bushing between the conduit and the electric motor
to break the metal -to -metal contact may be used. Provide
a flexible ground strap to complete the electrical ground.
END OF SECTION
SOUND CONTROL 1619173
A. Provide schematic "ladder type" logic control wiring
diagrams and "point -to -point control wiring diagrams
showing control and protective systems interlocks.
1 B. Provide nameplate engraving schedule.
C.
Submit full scale time /current transparenies on log /log
'
SECTION 16425
SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE
A.
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appliances,
tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to
performing all operations in connection with furnishing,
delivery and installation of the work of this Section,
'
E.
complete, as shown on the drawings and /or specified
herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to
'
the following:
1. Examine all other specification sections and drawings
for related work required to be included as work under
Division Sixteen.
2. General provisions and requirements for electrical
1.03
work.
'
1.02
SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Provide schematic "ladder type" logic control wiring
diagrams and "point -to -point control wiring diagrams
showing control and protective systems interlocks.
1 B. Provide nameplate engraving schedule.
SWITCHBOARDS 16425-1
I
C.
Submit full scale time /current transparenies on log /log
'
paper for all fuses, circuit breakers, ground fault system
devices, and relays.
D.
Submit engineered settings for each fuse and adjustable
circuit breaker device, showing the correct time and
current settings to provide the coordination within the
limits of the specified equipment. The information shall
be submitted in tabular form and on time current log -log
graph paper.
'
E.
Factory Tests: Switchgear tests - ANSI C37.20. Certified
copies of design tests, production tests, and conformance
tests of the switchgear shall be submitted and review
comments shall be received before delivery of equipment to
the project site. In lieu of the above tests, a report of
these tests previously performed on indentical units of
each rating will be acceptable.
1.03
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
'
The switchgear equipment shall be designed, tested and
assembled of ANSI, IEEE, and NEMA and U.L.
SWITCHBOARDS 16425-1
I
11
IPART
2
- PRODUCTS
2.01
BUSSING
A.
Horizontal and vertical busses shall be full length.
Buses shall have a minimum withstand rating equal to
available fault current indicated on drawings, but in no
case shall the rating be less than 50,000 amperes,
symmetrical.
B.
Provide interconnected full capacity neutral bus in each
section with the same ratings and construction as the
phase busses.
'
C.
Provide interconnected ground bus in each section.
D.
Provide space and all hardware and mounting attachments
for future devices as indicated on the drawings.
E.
Main horizontal bussing shall be full capacity in all
switchboard sections.
F.
Vertical buss may be tapered, to not less than one third
1
the ampacity rating of the main horizontal buss; but in no
case shall the vertical buss be of less capacity than the
sum of the frame size ampacities of overcurrent devices
mounted in the respective sections including any indicated
spares and spaces.
G.
The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross-
sectional area to meet UL Standard 891 on temperature rise
'
Bus shall be copper or extruded alluminum with silver
plated bus joints. The through bus shall have provisions
for the addition of future sections. The through bus
supports, connections and joints are to be bolted with
grade 5 hex head bolts and belleville washers to minimize
maintenance requirements.
2.02
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A.
Circuit protective devices as indicated on the drawings.
All devices shall have an interrupting capacity not less
than the maximum available fault current at the circuit
breaker as indicated on the drawings, but in no case shall
the interrupting capacity be less than 30,000 ampere
symmetrical interrupting for 480/277 volt devices and
42,000 ampere symmetrical for 240 volt or 208/120 volt
devices. Provide padlock -off devices on each device.
Breakers shall provide time overcurrent and instantaneous
circuit protection.
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -2
L
I
[l
I
1
I
• •
B. Circuit breakers shall employ a stored energy, quick make -
quick break, trip free operating system on each phase,
with common trip. Breakers shall comply with U.L. 4B9
and NEMA AB1 latest revisions. Circuit breakers noted as
"100" on the drawings shall be rated to carry the breaker
full rated (100 %) ampere load continuously. Provide
conductor lugs on circuit breakers to accept conductor
sizes shown on drawings.
C. .Performance requirements for circuit breakers conforming
to one or more of the following applications:
0 600 Ampere or larger frame size.
o Larger than 400 Ampere trip.
o Service entrance in main switchboard.
o Noted as main circuit breakers on the drawings.
1. Circuit breaker shall employ current sensors and
static electronic automatic trip system. Three phase,
or single phase operation as noted on the drawings.
Current carring components shall be completely
isolated from the static trip units. The trip unit
shall be independent of external power sources.
Circuit breaker shall be U.L. listed for reverse
connection.
2. Breaker solid state trip control functions shall
provide the following field adjustable features;
a. Adjustable ampere setting to vary the continuous
current carring capacity, minimum range of 80%
thru 100% of full load trip rating.
b. Adjustable long -time delay setting to vary the
time the breaker will trip under sustained
overload conditions. Minimum of three settings,
"minimum - intermediate - maximum ".
c. Adjustable short -time pickup to vary the level of
high current the breaker can carry for short
periods of time, minimum range of 2 times thru 8
times of ampere setting.
d. Adjustable short -time delay to vary the time of
the short -time pickup. Minimum of three settings
" minimum - intermediate- maximum ".
e. Short time "I2t" switch to allow a current - squared
multiplied by time ramp function in the short -time
system. Two position setting "in- out ".
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -3
f. Adjustable instantaneous pickup to vary the
breaker ampere setting for immediate
(instantaneous) interruption of severe overloads
(short circuits). Adjustable minimum range of 2.0
times thru 9 times of circuit breaker ampere
sensor rating. (note where the coordination study
requires a higher instantaneous setting, change
the specified adjustable instantaneous trip to
fixed instantaneous trip at 15 times the breaker
ampere sensor setting).
1
g. Individual fault trip indicators shall provide
local indication on the breaker for overload and
short circuit (and ground fault where applicable)
'
conditions.
h. Provide one manufacturers standard test set for
solid state trip circuit breakers.
D. Performance requirements for circuit breakers conforming
to one or more of the following applications:
o Smaller than 600 ampere frame size.
0 400 ampere and smaller trip.
0 225 ampere and larger frame size.
'
o larger than 100 ampere trip.
1. Circuit breaker shall be molded case thermal- magnetic
or solid state trip. Thermal- magnetic circuit breakers
shall be furnished with field adjustable,
instantaneous magnetic trip element.
'
2. Solid state trip breakers shall conform to the
requirements described for solid state breakers larger
than 400 ampere trip except, only the following field
adjustments are required;
a. Ampere setting adjustable minimum range of 80%
thru 100% of full load trip rating.
b. Short time pickup adjustable minimum range of 2
'
times thru 8 times of the ampere setting.
C. Fixed or field adjustable instantaneous trip.
1
E. Performance requirements for circuit breakers conforming
to the following applications:
' 0 100 ampere frame size and smaller.
0 100 Ampere and smaller trip.
' 1. Circuit breaker shall be molded case thermal- magnetic
trip.
11
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -4
F. Current Limiting Circuit Breakers (CLCB):
1. Performance requirements for circuit breakers
conforming to the following applications:
' 0 400 ampere and smaller trip and identified as
current limiting (CLCB) on the drawings.
2. Current limiting circuit breakers shall be supplied in
unit molded case construction and shall consist of a
common trip, thermal- magnetic circuit breaker with an
' independently operating limiter section in series with
each pole. The conventional breaker section shall
have an overcenter, trip -free, toggle -type mechanism
with quick -make, quick -break action and positive
handle indication. A button shall be provided on the
cover for mechanically tripping the circuit breaker.
The current limiting breaker shall have permanent trip
units containing individual thermal and magnetic trip
elements in each pole. The thermal trip element shall
be calibrated for 40 degrees C ambient temperature.
The limiter section shall consist of three current
limiting elements electrically coordinated with the
conventional circuit breaker trip elements. The
contacts of the limiter section shall be electro-
magnetically and electrodynamically opened and held
open until interruption is complete.
3. Current and Energy Limitations: On high level fault
currents the limiter portion of the circuit breaker
shall operate to limit the rise of fault current.
' Integral resistance shall be introduced into the
faulted circuit to dissipate and limit let- through
energy and to provide a voltage transient -free
interruption at near unity power factor Let - through
current and energy levels for 100, 200 and 400 ampere
breakers shall be less than that permitted by
Underwriters Laboratories for 100, 200 and 400 ampere,
' Class RK5 fuses, respectively. On fault currents
below the threshold of current limitation, the
thermal- magnetic breaker section shall provide
' conventional overload and short circuit protection.
2.03 SWITCH AND FUSE FEEDER PROTECTIVE DEVICES
' A. Fusible Switches: Quick -make, quick -break type with
rejection clips for use with Class "R" fuses. Switches
with ratings up to and including 100 ampere at 240 volts
shall be twin mounted. Switches rated through 60 amperes
and 480 volts shall be twin mounted. Switches shall be
removable from front of switchboard without disturbing
' adjacent units or switchboard bus structure.
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -5
[l
J
I
i
i
I
I
I
[J
I
0 0
B. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type, U.L.
Class RK5 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in
each switchboard.
2.04 GROUND FAULT PROTECTIVE SYSTEM (IF INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS) AS FOLLOWS:
A. One control power transformer rated 480/120 volts of
suitable capacity for shunt tripping of the main circuit
breaker and subfeeder circuit breakers as indicated on the
drawings. Fuse transformer on the 480.volt side.
B. Ground sensor current transformer for each indicated
ground fault relay zero sequence type with integral test
winding for each circuit indicated on drawings. (The
three phase and neutral conductor shall be brought through
the current transformer window per manufacturer's
recommendations).
C. One ground break, solid -state relay, monitor and test
panel for each device indicated on the drawings. Pick -up
adjustment shall be continuous 100 through 1200 ampere for
circuit breakers over 400A, or 5 through 60 ampere for
circuit breakers up to and including 400A; time adjustment
shall be continuous from instantaneous through 60 cycles.
Monitor panel shall indicate relay operation and provide
means for system testing with or without interruption of
service, and must not permit system to be inadvertently
left in an inactive or off state. Provide resetable trip
indicators.
D. System shall be zone selective interlock type. The
farthest, downstream ground fault relay zone, sensing a
ground fault, shall block all upstream relay zones for
their present time delay, but shall allow each upstream
relay zone to trip instantaneously for ground faults
sensed in its own zone.
E. The ground fault system may be integrated into each
circuit breakers with solid state trip units, in lieu of
the separate specified ground fault relay and monitor
panel system. The solid state circuit breaker ground
fault system shall provide the identical specified
operational features of the described separate system.
F. Each circuit breaker 100 ampere and larger, located in the
main switchboard(s),where with the main bus is larger
than 800 ampere and operating at 480 volts, shall be
provided with zone selective ground fault system weather
or not shown on the drawings. Provide all interconnecting
control power and interlocking wire in switchboards and
between switchboards for an operational system.
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -6
5. Feeder protective devices.
6. Owner metering (where indicated on drawings).
' 7. Bussing.
2.06 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS
A. Switchboards shall be floor mounted, dead - front, dead -rear
type, front and rear aligned, self- supporting, consisting
' of one or more vertical sections with group mounted
1
SWITCHBOARDS 16425-7
2.05
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
A.
Switchboard shall be floor- mounted, dead - front, dead -rear
type, front and rear aligned, self- supporting, consisting
of one or more vertical sections with group mounted non-
drawout circuit protective devices, instrumentation and
control wiring as indicated on the drawings and as
'
specified herein.
B.
Switchboards shall be General Electric AV -line or approved
equal by Westinghouse, Square D or I.T.E.
'
C.
Switchboard shall be designed, built and tested in
accordance with applicable portion of the latest editions
of NEMA PB -2, Underwriters Laboratories No. UL -891 and the
National Electrical Code.
D.
Switchboard sections shall be floor standing self
supporting, of the universal frame type using dieformed,
12 -gauge steel members bolted and welded together.
Provide removable side and rear plates with formed
edges all around. Provide ventilation openings required
to maintain minimum operating temperature. Provide
removable steel cover plates for all usable device spaces.
Provide lifting means and provisions for moving by means
of rollers or skids to installation location. Bolt
individual sections together to form a single rigid
switchboard assembly.
E.
Switchboard shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
1. Underground pullsection.
2. Metering facilities as required by the serving
'
utility.
3. Current transformer space.
4. Main disconnect (where indicated on drawings).
5. Feeder protective devices.
6. Owner metering (where indicated on drawings).
' 7. Bussing.
2.06 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS
A. Switchboards shall be floor mounted, dead - front, dead -rear
type, front and rear aligned, self- supporting, consisting
' of one or more vertical sections with group mounted
1
SWITCHBOARDS 16425-7
circuit protective devices, instrumentation and control
wiring as indicated on the drawings and as specified
herein. Switchboards shall comply with U.L. Standard #UL-
891.
'
B.
Distribution switchboards shall include but not be limited
to the following:
'
1. Main disconnect (where indicated on drawings).
2. Feeder protective devices.
3. Owner metering (where indicated on drawings).
4. Bussing.
'
C.
Switchboard sections shall of the universal frame type
using dieformed, 12 gauge steel members bolted and welded
together. Provide removable side and rear plates with
'
formed edges all around. Provide ventilation openings
required to maintain minimum operating temperature.
1
Provide removable steel cover plates for all usable device
spaces. Provide lifting means and provisions for moving
by means of rollers or skids to installation location.
Bolt individual sections together to form a single rigid
'
switchboard assembly.
2.07
METERING
A.
Provide voltmeters, ammeters, and watthour demand meters
in the equipment as indicated on the drawings.
B.
ANSI C39.1 for electrical indicating switchboard
instruments, accuracy Class 1. The AC ammeters and AC
voltmeters shall be approximately 6 inches square, with
250 degree scale. Indicating instruments shall be single
'
phase with transfer switches for reading 3 phases.
Transfer switches shall be flush mounting type.
C.
Watthour meter shall conform to NEMA E1 -20 and be
semiflush switchboard mounting type with drawout
arrangment for meter removal incorporating automatic short
'
circuiting of current transformer circuits. Meter shall be
2.5 stator, 2.5 element, rated 120 volts, 60Hz, 3 phase, 4
wire, with 5 -dial watthour meter. Meter shall be secondary
reading type. The meter reading multiplier shall be shown
'
on the meter face. The meter shall have provisions for
future addition of KW pulse generator attachment, 0 -120
'
pulses per second for remote readout.
D.
Provide mechanical demand attachment for watthour meter of
15 minute block interval type conforming to NEMA E1 -14,
having pointer and pusher configuration. Demand register
multiplier shall be the same as that for the watthour
meter register.
'
SWITCHBOARDS 16425-8
' H. Control and transfer switches shall be of the rotary, oil -
tight multiposition, cam - operated, multi -stage type, with
dust cover and siler -to- silver contacts rated 600 volts,
' 20 amp and adequate for the duty performed in excess of 10
amp. Equip each switch with engraved plastic escutcheon
nameplate identifying its function and position.
1. AC voltmeter switch - 7- position for line -to -line;
line to neutral and off indications.
' 2. Ammeter switches - 4- position for line -to -line and off
indications.
0 0
CONTROL WIRING
E. Socket for watthour demand meter shall have automatic
A.
circuit closing devices.
i
F. Instrument and Control Transformers: ANSI C57.13 and NEMA
for all control wiring terminator points. Control wiring
ST20 as applicable. Transformers shall be specifically
'
designed for use on respective protective relay or
metering schemes utilized.
internal metal wireways and shall be carried across hinges
G. Current transformers meter /relay grade shall be multiratio
tap, tap setting as indicated on drawings, (minimum of
three field adjustable tap settings) with 5 amp secondary,
spade terminal
insulation class, 600 volt, 60 hertz, single ring type,
'
and shall have an accuracy classification of 0.3 with the
burden of B.01, B.02 and B.03.
' H. Control and transfer switches shall be of the rotary, oil -
tight multiposition, cam - operated, multi -stage type, with
dust cover and siler -to- silver contacts rated 600 volts,
' 20 amp and adequate for the duty performed in excess of 10
amp. Equip each switch with engraved plastic escutcheon
nameplate identifying its function and position.
1. AC voltmeter switch - 7- position for line -to -line;
line to neutral and off indications.
' 2. Ammeter switches - 4- position for line -to -line and off
indications.
u
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -9
2.08
CONTROL WIRING
A.
Terminal blocks with barriered terminals shall be provided
for all control wiring terminator points. Control wiring
'
shall be run in horizontal and vertical, islolated,
internal metal wireways and shall be carried across hinges
in laced bundles. Wire terminators shall be crimp -on type
spade terminal
B.
Secondary control wiring shall be minimum of 14 AWG
stranded copper type SIS 600 volt insulation.
C.
Control circuits shall have circuit number tags at each
termination or break in the wire to match circuit numbers
on terminal strips and control wiring diagrams.
PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.01
Install switchboards in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and applicable portions of NECA's
'
"Standards of Installations" for switchboards and motor
control centers.
u
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -9
1 • r
' 3.02 Bolt switchboards to floor and wall where wall exists.
Where units are free standing provide preformed steel
channel or angle iron bracing to nearest wall or building
structural member. Switchboard anchoring shall be
' designed for a 1.0 gravity lateral acceleration of the
equipment. Submit structural calculations and details.
3.03 TESTING (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
Adjustable settings shall be set and tested after the
' equipment installation is complete, for proper operation
at set pickup and /or drop -out points, by an independent
test laboratory. Testing shall comply with the equipment
manufacturers recommendations. Submit three copies of all
' test results to Architect and Engineer. Correct any
difficiencies and retest.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Provide a red and white bakelite nameplate with 1/2" high
letters in each 277/480 volt panel fastened to face of
' dead -front plate, to read: "WARNING 480 VOLTS ".
B. Manufacturer shall stencil the equipment name on each
device and equipment section to correspond to the
identification of the drawing.
C. Devices mounted in equipment controlling protective
devices shall be provided with nameplates indicating
device controlled or monitored.
END OF SECTION
u
LJ
I
SWITCHBOARDS 16425 -10
r
r
Ll
0
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Provide light fixtures complete including lamps, ballasts,
sockets, housings, ceiling trim rings for special
ceilings, brackets, diffusers /lenses and outlet boxes.
B. The catalog numbers included in the description of the
various types of lighting fixtures shall be basically
considered to establish the type or class of the fixture
with a particular manufacturer only. The fixture length,
number of lamps, component materials, accessories,
mounting type and all other features required to fulfill
the total description of the fixture based on all drawing
and specification information shall be complied with
regardless of whether or not the catalog number
specifically includes these features. If any conflict
exists between the catalog number and the description, the
Contractor shall either resolve the conflict with the
Architect prior to submittal of his bid or furnish the
fixture to meet the intent as later interpreted by the
Architect without change in contract price.
C. Lighting fixtures shall be of types as indicated in
fixture schedule on drawings.
D. All fixtures of one type
of identical finish and
otherwise on drawings.
1.02 SCOPE
shall be of one manufacturer and
appearance, unless indicated
A. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appliances,
tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to
performing all operations in connection with furnishing,
delivery and installation of the work of this Section,
complete, as shown on the drawings and /or specified
herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to
the following:
1. Examine all other specification sections and drawings
for related work required to be included as work under
Division Sixteen.
2. General provisions and requirements for electrical
work.
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -1
1.03
SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
'
A.
Submit certification letter from manufacturers of lamps
and ballasts stating the specific lamp and ballast
. ,
combination comply with manufacturers approval for the
combined use, shown on the drawings.
B.
Submit manufacturers certified lamp and ballast test
report data showing compliance with contract document.
C.
If requested by the Architect, or Engineer provide a
sample of any fixture proposed as a substitution for a
specified fixture. Sample fixture shall be complete with
lamps, cord and plug for 120 volt operation. Fixture
shall be delivered to the Engineer's office for review and
shall be picked up within ten (10) working days after
review comments have been received; any samples left over
this time will be discarded by the Engineer. Decision of
Engineer regarding acceptability of any fixture is final.
D.
Provide complete manufacturers catalog data information
for each light fixture, ballast and lamp.
PART 2
- PRODUCTS
2.01
BALLASTS
A.
Fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped with ETL approved
C.B.M. certified high power factor ballasts with lowest
sound rating available. Fluorescent fixtures shall be
designed to accommodate T -12, 430 m.a. lamps except where
specified otherwise. Ballasts shall have Class "P"
protection. Fluorescent ballasts shall be full light
output rated, with specified lamps and shall have the
following characteristics:
Rapid Start (F40T12 RS)
Lamp Wattage Average Input Watts
Two - 40W (Standard) 86
Two - 34/35W (Energy Saver 460MA) 77
'
One - 40W (Standard) 50
One - 34/35W (Energy Saver 460MA) 43
B.
Each ballast shall be independently fused within ballast
compartment. Provide a label next to ballast cover
reading: "Ballast is fused, check fuse prior to
relamping ". Provide an additional quantity of 10% spare
fuses and deliver to Owner.
C.
Mercury vapor fixtures equipped with constant wattage
ballasts.
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500-2
' 2.02 LAMPS
A. Lamps shall be new, of wattage indicated and shall be as
manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse (W &K
trademark), Norelco or Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting
outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp.
B. General purpose incandescent lamps shall be inside
frosted, medium base for 200 watts and smaller,
0 •
D. All ballasts shall have lowest sound rating available.
Ballasts which are judged by the Architect to be
D. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving type, lite white,
excessively noisy to be removed and replaced.
bi -pin, rapid- start, T -12, 48 ", 35 -watt, 430
E. Dimming Ballasts
1. Dimming ballasts for fluorescent lighting fixtures
-Miser II"
shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer
or Sylvania "Super Saver II ". Lamps shall have
supplying the dimming equipment. Dimming ballasts
'
shall be the type and manufacturer as recommended by
the dimming equipment manufacturer where the dimming
Initial
manufacturer does no6t produce fluorescent dimming
'
ballasts.
Life Hours
2. One dimming ballast shall be utilized for each
fluorescent lamp. Multi -lamp ballasts shall not be
1. F40 /T12 /RS 34/35 Lite White 2925
used.
' 2.02 LAMPS
A. Lamps shall be new, of wattage indicated and shall be as
manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse (W &K
trademark), Norelco or Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting
outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp.
B. General purpose incandescent lamps shall be inside
frosted, medium base for 200 watts and smaller,
C. Reflector lamps shall be PAR -30 or R40 as required, unless
otherwise specified in fixture schedule.
D. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving type, lite white,
bi -pin, rapid- start, T -12, 48 ", 35 -watt, 430
m.a., except
as specified differently, General Electric "Watt
-Miser II"
or Sylvania "Super Saver II ". Lamps shall have
the
'
following characteristics:
Initial
Average Lamp
'
Lamp Type Watts Color Lummens
Life Hours
1. F40 /T12 /RS 34/35 Lite White 2925
20,000
2. F40 /T12 /RS 34/35 Cool White 2775
20,000
3. F40 /T12 /RS 40 Cool White 3150
20,000
(To be used in fixtures with fluorescent
dimming)
4. F40 /T12 /RS -U 34/35 Lite White 2800
18,000
'
5. F40 /T12 /RS -U 40 Cool White 3050
18,000
(To be used in fixtures with fluorescent
dimming)
'
6. Other types as noted on drawings.
1 ,
LIGHTING
FIXTURES 16500 -3
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500-4
E.
Mercury vapor lamps shall be Deluxe White or Brite White
Deluxe phosphor coated Bonus -Line with proper base and
configuration for the fixture being furnished. Lamps
shall be equipped with automatic switching device to de-
energize lamp when outer glass envelope is broken on lamp.
F.
High pressure sodium lamps shall be clear unless noted
otherwise on drawings.
2.03
LIGHT FIXTURES
A.
Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings
necessary to complete and properly install the fixture.
All fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type
I
specified.
B.
Fixtures shall be wired from outlet boxes supplied with
fixture to socket with #14 AWG Underwriters' Type "AF" or
"CF" fixture wire.
C.
Surface and /or wall mounted lighting fixtures shall not
have any exposed chase nipples or conduit knockouts
visible to view within fixture housing. Lighting fixtures
mounted in continuous rows shall have chase nipples or
conduit knockouts between lighting fixture housing, but
shall not have visible chase nipples /conduit knockouts on
the visible ends of the continuous row of lighting
fixtures.
D.
Where fixture color is indicated to be selected by the
'
Architect, provide two color chip samples for review.
E.
Recessed fixtures where noted to have attached junction
1
box shall have a junction box permanently attached to the
plaster ring so that it is accessible when the fixture is
removed. Connection between fixture and pull box to have
flexible conduit and 2 #14 AWG "AF" wires. The flexible
conduit to be sufficient length so that when the fixture
is dropped, the pullbox is readily accessible.
F.
Recessed fixtures must all have Underwriters' Laboratory
approval for recessed installation with plaster frame and
attached pull box. Lamp enclosure, reflectors and finish
wiring shall not be installed until plastering is
completed. Finish trim shall not be installed until
finish painting of the adjacent surface is completed.
G.
The fixture to bear Underwriters' label of approval for
I
the wattage indicated.
H.
Light fixtures installed outdoors in damp or wet locations
shall be U.L. labeled for said location.
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500-4
1 0 •
J
2.04 LENS AND DIFFUSERS
A. Whenever this specification calls for acrylic, acrylic
plastic or plexiglas for the diffusers or lighting
fixtures, these diffusers shall be manufactured by Rohm
and Haas Company, called Plexiglas G, or specifically
approve equal. Diffusers shall be formed from cast sheet
having a minimum unpenetrated thickness of 0.125" and, in
any event, shall be of sufficient thickness and or proper
construction and camber to prevent the diffusers from
having any noticeable sag over the entire normal life of
the installation. Diffusers shall be formed from cast
sheet by a vacuum and /or pressure technique.
B. Acrylic lenses shall be manufactured from 1008 acrylic as
manufactured by Rohm & Haas, called Plexiglas V, V Type
920, VM, or an approved equal by either injection molding
or by extrusion.
2.05 SPORTS LIGHTING
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -5
I
A. Provide a total of fifty six (56) 1500 watt metal halide
1
floodlight luminaires complete with lamps. (See drawing
for
mounting arrangement).
B. Luminaire Assembly 1500 -Watt Metal Halide
1.
The luminaire shall have a weatherproof heavy duty
aluminum outer housing.
2.
The luminaire shall have a single piece spun aluminum
'
reflector with "Alzak" finish.
3.
The optical assembly shall consist of a tempered glass
door with spring quality stainless steel latches,
aligning steel reinforcing locking flange and
corrosion resistant hardware, mounted on a prewired
fixture support arm, as manufactured by Widelight,
General Electric, or MUSCO Lighting products or
'
approved equal.
4.
Maximum projected area of floodlight shall not exceed
'
3.0 sq.ft. and weight shall not exceed 70 lbs.
5.
Submit one (1) sample of proposed floodlight complete
with shop drawing submittals for review.
6.
Lamps shall be 1500 -watt clear metal halide for
horizontal to base up operation with 3,000 hours
average rated life.
'
7.
Contractor shall provide the following: There shall
be an individual ballast for each luminaire. the
ballast shall be located and removed from the lamps on
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -5
I
the same pole in metal enclosures with the capacitors.
' Capacitors shall be capable of operating in ambient
air not to exceed 700C. All wiring on the luminaire
assembly shall meet National Electrical Code and shall
' pass from each luminaire on the assembly through
protective enclosures to join in a common enclosure.
Each luminaire shall be fused.
I D. Luminaire Assembly 1500 Watt Metal Halide. Provide
fixture as specified on drawings and with the following:
' 1. Weatherproof heavy duty construction.
2. Tempered door glass.
' 3. Hinged and latching front door.
4. "ALZAK" - finished aluminum reflector.
5. Rubber door gasket.
6. Heavy gauge corrosion resistant, steel trunnion beam
arming site.
7. Degree marker with remaining stop.
8. Corrosion resistant hardware.
9. Provide lamps as specified on drawings.
E. All component surfaces of the completed assembly except
for the reflector hardware and fasteners shall be coated
with an approved process of hot dipped galvanized ASTM A-
123.
2.06 FLOODLIGHTING POLE ASSEMBLIES
A. Provide twelve (12) galvanized steel pole assemblies at
' locations shown on drawings. Poles shall be heights
indicated on drawings and shall be provided complete with
the following items:
I 1. Telescoping round steel pole with base plates and
anchor bolts.
B. Contractor shall submit complete pole assembly structural
calculations and shop drawings prepared and signed by a
currently - licensed civil or structural engineer in the
' State of California to the Engineer for approval. The
entire pole assembly and reinforced concrete base shall be
in compliance with the latest edition of State of
California Structural Code, Title 21, with the 1985
Uniform Building Code, Chapter 23, and State of California
Division of Industrial Safety Orders and California
Occupational
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -6
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -7
0 0
Safety Health Act (CAL- OSHA). The reinforced concrete
based detailed on electrical plans has been designed for
structural loads indicated on detail. If the proposed
floodlight and pole assembly exceeds these values the
Contractor's Structural Engineer shall redesign the base
to conform with the above listed codes and requirements
and submit reinforced concrete base structural
calculations and plans with the pole assembly shop
drawings to Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall
include all the costs of the Structural Engineer's
calculations and drawings in this bid. Due to the
necessary time required for review and approval of
calculations and shop drawings, the Contractor assumes the
responsibility for submitting the required calculations
and drawings in a timely manner after award of contract to
avoid causing delays to the project. Any late charges
signed date due to late submissions or problems in gaining
approval due to incomplete or incorrect submittals shall
be the responsibility of this Contractor.
C.
The shaft section shall telescope uniformly from top to
bottom and shall be delivered to the job site in one
section. No field assembly or field welding will be
allowed. All telescoping sections shall be welded at
manufacturer's factory using certified welders. Shaft
'
steel shall have a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi,
ASTM A 572 Gr. 55.
D.
The anchor base shall be ASTM -A36 steel plate and shall be
designed to withstand the full bending moment of the
shaft.
'
E.
Anchor bolts to be hot dipped galvanized. Size of anchor
bolts shall be as determined by pole manufacturer.
F.
All pole fabrication shall meet the State of California
'
Title 21 Codes including welding tests required at the
factory.
G.
Pole manufacturer shall provide all conduit nipples and
panel mounting brackets, as indicated on drawings, welded
to pole for electrical equipment and all mounting brackets
'
welded to cross arms for mounting of floodlights.
Contractor shall furnish samples of approved floodlights
to pole manufacturer to facilitate proper design of
'
mounting brackets.
H.
All steel parts of pole assembly shall be hot dipped
galvanized after fabrication. Pole sections shall be hot
dipped galvanized. Joints shall be code galvanized after
welding.
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -7
1 4
2.07 FLOODLIGHT AIMING
A. Immediately after award of contract, Contractor shall make
field dimensions. In addition, Contractor shall make
exact measurements of each lighting tower location and
set -back in relation to baseball field and height of pole
base above field level. Transfer all measurements to (1)
8 -1/2" x 11" baseball field drawings and submit to
Engineer and field lighting fixture manufacturer prior to
ordering of light fixtures to allow accurate computer
aiming chart and footcandle calculations.
B. The Contractor shall provide from the lighting
manufacturer, independent testing laboratory report, for
luminaire proposed in lighting of the baseball field area.
Reports shall include computerized aiming chart and point
by point computer calculation of the footcandle levels to
be provided based on a 20' x 30' grid in the baseball
field area, 10' inside of each of the two sidelines of the
baseball field and 15' into the outfield with a maximum
light to dark ratio of 1.5 to 1. These footcandle levels
shall be measured as a direct horizontal reading at ground
level. The Contractor shall guarantee that the footcandle
in the complete print out will be provided upon completion
of the project. The electrical engineer maintains the
right to reject the complete installation until such time
that the Contractor has provided the specified
performance.
C. The Contractor shall pre -aim all lighting fixtures, under
direction of manufacturer's representative. At a time
convenient to Owner, the Contractor shall provide men,
equipment and lighting manufacturer's representative for
(2) 4 -hour periods after dusk, to complete final aiming
and adjustment of fixtures as directed by Owner. Final
aiming point for each fixture shall be shown on as -built
drawings.
D. The light fixture manufacturer representative shall
provide (loan) a cosine corrected and calibrated light
meter with remote head for use in aiming and taking
footcandle readings at convenience of the Owner and
engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE
A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify actual
ceiling construction type as defined on the architectural
drawings and furnish all lighting fixtures with the
correct mounting devices and proper operating voltage
whether or not such variations are indicated by fixture
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -8
D
11
J
CI
I�l
I
F�
I
•
catalog number. The Contractor shall verify depth of all
recessed lighting fixtures with architectural drawings
prior to ordering fixtures. Any discrepancies that would
cause recessed lighting fixtures not to fit into ceiling
shall be reported to the Architect prior to ordering of
the fixtures.
B. Recessed fluorescent fixture mounted flush in "lay -in" T-
bar or concealed spline ceilings shall be provided with
two clips on each end of the fixture and connected to the
ceiling cross runners. Provide two 12 -gauge fixture
hanger wires attached to structural members and connect to
diagonal corners of the fixture. Fixture shall set level
and flush with ceiling grid system.
C. Fluorescent fixtures surface mounted to a suspended "tee"
ceiling shall be installed with a one and one -half inch
steel channel or angle which spans across and above the
main runners. The channel or angle member shall be
provided with threaded studs for attaching to the fixture
housing through the lay -in tile. Two members shall be
installed per four foot fixture. Two 12 -gauge hanger
wires shall be provided per member, attached 6" from each
end of the member and anchored to the structure above.
D. Pendant mounting fixtures shall be supplied with swivel
hangers. Fixtures shall swing in any direction a minimum
of 45 degrees of gravity, position. Fixtures shall have
special stem lengths to give the mounting height indicated
on the drawings. Stem to be 1 -piece without coupling, and
to be finished the same color as the canopy and the
fixture, unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall
check all lock -nuts and set screws to rigidly secure the
socket to the stem, and the stem to the outlet box.
Fixtures to be plumb and vertical. Where obstructions
occur restricting 45 degrees swing of fixtures, the
fixtures shall be guy wired to prevent fixtures from
striking obstructions. Method of guying shall be approved
by the Architect and Electrical Engineer. Swinging
fixtures shall have a safety cable attached to the
structure and the fixture at each support capable of
supporting four times the vertical load.
E. Suspended fixtures weighing in excess of 50 pounds shall
be supported independently of the fixture outlet box.
Provide "air craft" hanger cable for suspended fixtures
route cable concealed or in pendant where possible. Each
cable shall support four times the weight of the fixture.
Securely attach the cable to the building structure.
F. On acoustical tile ceilings, fixture outlets shall be
accurately located in the center, at the intersection of
the four corners or at the center of the joints of two
tiles.
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -9
I
I
I
I
L
7
L
0 0
G. Surface mounted fixtures installed on drywall or plaster
ceilings and weighing less than 50 pounds may be supported
from outlet box. Provide structural supports above
drywall or plaster ceilings for installation of fixtures
weighing more than 50 pounds and secure fixture to
structural supports. The use of toggle bolts is
prohibited.
3.02 The electrical Contractor shall aim the exterior
adjustable lighting fixtures after dark in the presence
of, and at a time convenient to the Architect.
3.03 RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES
Lighting fixtures recessed in ceiling or wall which has a
fire resistive rating of 1 hour or more shall be enclosed
in a box which has a fire rating equal to that of the
ceiling or wall. The space from the fixture to the
enclosure to be a minimum of 3" and the light fixture to
be provided with Advance Mark III Kool -Koil ballast (full
light output).
3.04 LAMPS
A. Fluorescent and H.I.D. lamps controlled by dimming
equipment shall be operated (aged) for 100 continuous
hours without interruption, at 100% output prior to
occupancy of the building by the Owner.
B. Energy saving fluorescent lamps shall not be used in
dimming systems.
3.05 LENS AND DIFFUSERS
Lens and diffusers shall be completely cleaned of all
dust, dirt and fingerprints after the installation of the
light fixtures, ceiling, painting, lamps, and prior to
occupancy of the facility by the Owner.
3.06 BALLASTS
A. Ballasts remote from the lighting fixture, mounted as
shown on the drawings and designed for remote operation.
Additional wiring and conduit shall be provided whether
shown on the drawing or not, between lighting fixture and
remote ballasts with required quantity of "THHN" wire to
operate said fixture(s).
B. Provide proper
conduit system
whether or not
type and quantity of
for proper operation
shown on drawings.
conductors with
of dimming system,
END OF SECTION
LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -10
0
.. Rv..va '.a..miii+�`•i a.vim air 's.. .�-.� . >w - -�.. v� 14�'^.�'. i��+�li«2%e�i��i1s�G'L:.�SC+mL .. .�. _._ � 6. ..fi .: �..
��
'
I
i
1 j I
i
1
j
I
'
I
_
•�
_ v;
.. YS.�.:,'.. '. f. ��._.:�'. 'f��^ -�r.F
_ _ _
..- J Y.....i -::Yi .wxSo'•v___ _... � i t._ ...
_ J
0
Release of Stop Notice
TO: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
Constnrction Lender (car party with u'harn Stop Notire was filed)
3300 NEWPORT BEACH BLVD., NEWPORT REACH, CA 92663
(Address)
You are ilrneLy uutified (hat the undrr.;igncd dainiant rclea;scs that ccrta:n Stop Notice
dated
AUGUST 5, 1988
against CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
VALLEYCREST LANDSCAPE
in the amount of .$
1,684.50
C - ZS-n-5-
RECEIVED
0 15 B86
ado('n 0 of
kFWp8R1 BEAGt
owner or public body and
as prime contractor
in connection with the work of improvement known as LAVIDA & UNIVERSITY, NEWPORT BEACH
in the City of NEWPORT BEACH
State of California.
Date NOVEMBER 3, 1988
THIS RELEASE OF STOP NOTI%
me of Claimant
IS VALID ONLY WHEN THE
CHECK FOR $842.25 IS CLEARED By
BY THE BANK UPCN WHICH
IT IS DRAWN.
County of ORANGE
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, state: I am the YTr.P. PRESIDENT
("Agent of". "1'r'esidvnt of ", "A PnrGV:r of', caner o ', etc.)
the claimant named in the foregoing Release; I have read said Release of Stop Notice and know the contents
thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my ov; n knowledge.
I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true
and correct.
Executed on NOVEMBER 3 19_88 , at
81CA FORM 5 (REV. 2/87)
D.J.
or A)thoriced Agent)
C'MO %L /
SSITTa
p 6 #'afar
p Councilmen
Wilanagor
�0'A,'- mey
p C"dg. Dir.
C] C :,.1c Dir.
6RDir.
p Planning Dir.
p police Chief
9W. Dir
Dther f 4(,20444,4,4
valitey &NOSCA.E / ENGINEERING /CONTRACTORS
crest
landscape, inc.
a subsidiary of environmental industries inc on equal op rtuni employer by choice
1920 So. Yale Street, Santa Ana, 92704 (714546 -/975
To: City of Newport Beach Date: November 7, 1988
P.O. Box 1768
Newport Beach, CA 92665 -8915
Attention: Pat Dunigan
Job Name: BONITA CREEK PARK
VCL Job Number: 13 -704
Gentlemen:
We are sending you X herewith under separate cover as follows:
No. of
Copies Date Description
1 each 11/03/88 Release of Stop Notice - Stolo Cabinets
1 each 11/03/88 VCL Check paid to Stolo Cabinets
Remarks: Please call should you have any questions.
Very truly yours,
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE, INC.
By: -� aAyk'i o yoz
Matil e L. Lavenant, Office Manager
VCL FORM # 133.1
.:,(.10) valley: GENERAL ACCOUNTING OFFICES weon A9
24121 Venture Blvd �1 122
I I -!I - Calabasaa CA 91302 -!
' crest SC N o
II _ IBIB)9s2890D III I;, , .11002
landscape I inc.l ,ill III iI` 11 1' : ! I 1 I i L'I
a subsidiary or. environmental Industries inc II {'{ ll an equal {oppdrtumty' employer by choice
i IiI II I:I
LANDSCAPE /ENGINEERING /CONTRACTORS II'i!
PAYI I:` i
$842 21 11 111`• �ppW fl ;I
1 5 1 tl #Aril alte# * ## ar�tpt+r
NET
I'I 11
To THE . STOLO CAB INETS ; INC 2 I 11�IE 1! _Ili $842.25
illfl� - �II Iii. ''I v
ORDER-
OF!I 101113 E. WHITTI,ER D�II4: {��
I'• WHITTIER, CA 90606'
=
1 I II lil ' I _III I' I II III 1j1 ;,I ; ; I
FIRST: INTERSTATE it i 111, I -I '
BANK OF CALIFORNIA : _ I1t/1 NOT VALID FTER 60 DAYS
GLENDALE, CA' 1 I' ' I4
it 3
L,I P 0 1 i0II 0 2.13 4 ■ ' r• II 121200014: 8
�1 12 3 1a31 H' 1' 1 Ili II , I II
;I I
�jl jIj III II jl' 'p.II' III. I II 'I N 11 I
- •- -83060
VENDOR NO: - ' - -�' . -- -I :. I I -' q!• PLEASE DETACH THIS PORTION BEFORE DEPOSITING
P: bODER -fII JOB NAME III II- =NO= IIirGROSS "CHECK I)RETEd,T,ION Ilk- VIII —IINEr HECK III =.II1 =I I PROGRESS dAYMENT NO. =- I "1
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK
PO. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 -8915
November 4, 1988
(714) 644 -3005
Valley Crest Landscape, Inc.
1920 South Yale St.
Santa Ana, CA 92704
Subject: Surety: Employers Insurance of Wausau a
Mutual Company
Bonds No.: 2050 -20- 054853
Contract No.: C -2505
Project: Bonita Creek Park Construction
The City Council of Newport Beach on October 10, 1988
accepted the work of subject project and authorized the City
Clerk to file a Notice of Completion and to release the bonds
35 days after the Notice has been recorded in accordance with
applicable sections of the Civil Code.
The Notice was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on
October 19, 1988, Reference No. 88- 534773.
Sincerely,
Wanda E. Raggio �.
City Clerk
WER:pm
cc: Public Works Department
3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach
RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND
WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:
City Clerk J�?A -r4j -rt
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
'Newport Beach, CA 92663
OMPT RECORDING REQUEST PER
GOVERNMENT CODE 6103
EXEMPT 1
cs
88- 534773
RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORDS
OF ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
NO CONSIDERATION NOTICF. OF COMPLETION :00 OCT 19 1988 PM
PUBLIC WORKS CZ�' Q,C/!5t4*VZ
RECORDER
10 All Laborers and Material Men and to Every Other Person Interested:
YOU WILL PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that on October 10, 1988
the Public Works project consisting of Bonita Creek Park Constructiorr (C -2505) _
on which Valley Crest Landscape Inc., 1920 South Yale St., Santa Ana, CA 92704
was the contractor, and Employers Insurance of Wausau a Mutual Company, 3130 Wilshire
was the surety, was completed. Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90010
CIT F NEWPORT BFACH
blic NVorks Director
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, say: #`Cllr
I am the Public Works Director of the City of Newport Beach; e fo>�r�
Notice of Completion is true of my own knowledge. _!
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and t.
fis �
Executed on October 12, 1988 at Newport Beach, California.
�2
� i P4,�
F16blie Works Director
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; the City Council of said
City on October 10, 1988 accepted the above described work as
completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on October 12, 1988 at Newport Beach, California.
r
/'10
Il VVIO
CIT OF NEWPORT IkACH
OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK
P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 -8915
October 14, 1988
County Recorder's Office
P.O. Box 238
Santa Ana, California 92702
(714) 644 -3005
Enclosed is the following document for recordation and return
to the above -named office:
Notice of Completion for C -2505 and C -2684.
Sincerely,
Wanda E. Raggio
City Clerk
3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach
i tober 10, 1988
Oy 1PIE CITY COUItCILCITY COUNCIL AGENDA
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACiREM NO. F -20
TO: CITY COUNCIL OCT 10 1988
FROM: Public Works Department — A p ftVE - -_
SUBJECT: ACCEPTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS AT BONITA CREEK PARK
CONTRACT NO. 2505
RECOMMENDATIONS:
1. Accept the work.
2. Authorize the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion.
3. Authorize the City Clerk to release the bonds 35 days after the
Notice of Completion has been recorded in accordance with
applicable portions of the Civil Code.
DISCUSSION:
The contract for the construction of the subject project has been
completed to the satisfaction of the Public Works Department.
The bid price was $1,743,962.20
Amount of unit price items constructed 1,773,998.59
Amount of change orders 9,698.40
Total contract cost 1,783,696.99
The increase in the amount of the unit price items constructed was due
primarily to the bike trail curb and paving being omitted from the original
estimate.
Four Change Orders were issued. The first, in the amount of
$3,590.88, provided for wire mesh in the building floor slab, additional
shelving, extension of the tile wainscoating and additional door hinges. The
second, in the amount of $397.69, provided for relocation of the heating ducts.
The third, in the amount of $3,179.98, provided for a change in alignment of the
storm drain, an additional light fixture and a revision to the overhead door.
The fourth, in the amount of $2,529.85, provided for a change in the park sign
and construction of a sub -drain in the parking lot area.
Funds for the project were budgeted in the Park and Recreation Fund,
Account No. 10- 7797 -066.
The contractor is Inc. of Santa Ana.
The contract date of completion was November 25, 1987. At the
architect's recommendation, a time extension of 90 days was granted since it was
felt that the original completion date was unrealistic. A subsequent 30 day
extension was granted due to a delay in the contractor's being issued an
excavation permit from the County for the imported top soil. Completion of
construction was further delayed by weather and extra work until April 15.
Germination of the turf was slowed by cool weather in the spring; however, the
park was opened for use by the summer softball leagues on June 3, 1988.
470� J V r min B. Nolan
Public Works Director
PD: so
NOTICE TO
atop-
Mee-
•
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
I Name of Public Bad;, or Lender)
3300 NEWPORT REACH BLVD.NEWPORT BEACH,CA.92663
j Address )
(If Public Job — file with office of controller, auditor, or other public disbursing officer whose duty it is to make
payments under provisions of the contract.)
(If Private Job — file xc; responsible officer or person at office or branch of construction lender administering the
construction funds.)
VALLEY CREST LANDSCAPE
Prime Contractor:
Sub Contractor (If Any)
Owner or Public Body: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
Improvement known as LAVIDA & UNIVERSITY ,NEWPORT BEACH
(Name and oddress of pr- y'ect or work of ini
in the City of NEWPORT BEACH
State of California.
STOLO CABINETS
County of ORANGE
claimant,
CORPORATION
a
(Corporation/ Partnershipl Sole Proprietorship)
furnished certain labor, service, equipment or materials used in the above described work of improvement.
The name of the person or com�ALyLbEYYWCRESTaimant was employed or to whom claimant furnished labor, service,
equipment or materials is _
1920 S.(r':i,rc..)JSubc'ontractorl Contractor/ Owner- Builder)
YALE ST. SANTA ANA,CA.92704
The kind of labor, service, equipment or materials furnished or agreed to be furnished by claimant was
FURNISH & INSTALL CABINETS
ieescribe in detail) 16, 845.00
Total value of labor, service, equipment or materials agreed to be furnished .............$
Total value of labor, service, equipment or materials actually furnished is ...............$
16,845.00
Credit for materials returned, if any ................ ..............................$ 0
Amount paid on account, if an $15"160.50
Amount due after deducting alljust credits and offsets . ..............................$ 1,684.50
YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED to withhold sufficient monies held by you on the above described project to
satisfy claimant's demand in the amount of $ 1, 684. SOas provided in Sections 3156 through 3214 of the Civil
Code, and in addition thereto sums sufficient to cover interest, court costs and reasonable costs of litigation, as
provided by law.
A bond IS NOT attached. (Bond required on private jobs— not on publicjobs.)
(is/ is not )
Date 3-5 -88
~ E ` TiC3D 3t
o .V � C p 0.r cc .� .
of 2" O M M3 n). ,a O
r3C.gcoaatcst:. -�a-
m000O 00 0 0O�
NameofClaimant STOLO CAB'F E
l6u re
By !� \
i
(Official Capacity)
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, state: 1 am the VICE, PRESIDENT
( ''agent of "president of' "a partner of' "owner of', etc.)
the claimant named in the foregoing Stop Notice; I have read said claim of Stop Notice and know the contents
thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my own knowledge.
1 certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and
correct.
Executed on 8 -5 -88
California.
WCA FORM (REV. 3 -83) 5M
19 , at WHITTIER, CA
(Signan' o CaimanrorA orizeddgmr)
0 0
December 14, 1987
BY THE CITY COUNCI ITV COUNCIL AGENDA
• CITY OF NEWPORT BEA �EM NO. F -13
DEC 14198T
TO: CITY COUNCIL APPROVED
FROM: Public Works Department
SUBJECT: BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -2505)
GRANT OF EASEMENT TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY
RECOMMENDATION:
Authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute a Grant of Easement for
a portion of the subject site for the purposes of serving power to the
park.
DISCUSSION:
As a part of the Bonita Creek Park Construction (Contract No. 2505),
electrical conduit, wiring, fuses and transformers are required to be installed
• to provide electrical service to the site.
At the time of Award of Contract, the electrical installations were
accounted for in the construction plans. However, because the Park site is
owned by the City, it was not anticipated that easements would be required for
on -site electrical installations. Because of Southern California Edison Company
policy and the Public Utilities Commission Regulations, the portion of electri-
cal facilities up to the transformer and its appurtenances must be situated
upon, or within, recorded easements.
The size of the required easement is 12 feet by 14 feet. The electri-
cal conduit and wiring have already been installed as a part of the Park
construction contract. The transformer will be installed by the Edison Company
once the easement has been recorded. Power to the site could be turned on in
about 45 days.
A sketch showing the
�ak4
•Benjamin B. Nolan
Public Works Director
JS:jd
Att.
easement is attached for reference.
RECORDING REOUESTEDIP
southern Calitornia Edison Company
WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO
SOUthern Calilornia Edison Company
• REAL PROPERTIES DEPARTMENT
P. 0. 80X 2217
FULLERTON, CALIFORNIA 92633
RW202 REV 5/84 4137d
GRANT OF EASEMENT
NEWPORT BEACH (Corporation)
i
SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE
ORANGE COUNTY 6433 -2000 u -21D1
A .. v om:tl..
Y
API 442 - 061 -12 0 o °I �•YdNaeh 1 11/24/81
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Municipal corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Grantor "), hereby grants
to SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, a corporation, its successors and assigns (hereinafter referred to
as "Grantee'% an easement and right of way to construct, use, maintain, operate, alter, add to, repair,
replace, reconstruct, inspect and remove at any time and from time to time underground electrical supply
systems and communication systems (hereinafter referred to as " systems"), consisting of wires, underground
conduits, cables, vaults, manholes, handholes, and including above - ground enclosures, markers and concrete
pads and other appurtenant fixtures and equipment necessary or useful for distributing electrical energy
and for transmitting intelligence by electrical means, in, on, over, under, across and along that certain
real property in the County of ORANGE, State of California, described as follows:
A strip of land 12 feet wide lying within Lot 1 of Tract No. 12309 as shown on a map recorded in Book
550, Pages 1 through R inclusive of miscellaneous maps in the Office of the County Recorder of said
County; the centerline of said strip being described as follows:
COMMENCING at the intersection of the centerline of University Drive with the centerline of La Vida as
said intersection is shown on said Tract Map; thence south 25 °49'30" east 106 feet; thence north
64 °10'30" east 41 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence south 25 °49'30" east a distance of 14
feet.
The The Crantor agrees for itself, its successors and assigns not to erect, place or maintain, nor to
permit the erection, placement or maintenance of any building, planter boxes, earth fill or other
structures except walls and fences on the above described real property. The Grantee, and its
contractors, agents and employees, shall have the right to trim or cut tree roots as may endanger or
interfere with said systems and shall have free access to said systems and every part thereof, at all
times, for the purpose of exercising the rights herein granted; provided, however, that in making any
excavation on said property of the Grantor(s), the Grantee shall make the same in such a manner as will
cause the least injury to the surface of the ground around such excavation, and shall replace the earth so
removed by it and restore the surface of the ground to as near the same condition as it was prior to such
excavation as is practicable.
EXECUTED this day of 19_
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Municipal Corporation
By
President
Secretary
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
55.
COUNTY OF )
• On before me, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally
appeared and known to me (or
proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the
and , respectively, of the city of NEWPORT BEACH, the municipal corporation
that executed the within instrument and acknowledged to mle that they executed the same on behalf of the
municipal corporation.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
H"( "VI
A; Z,)
C21�1 AWV65
TO
C17 0,- N,°_ iVI"OR7' DZ -H
013
0
—8So
kB k
71
C>l
It) :so- 'e� �yso
0
Arl
Vn
0 0
01. r'l
0 oo m
log
0 1�-
Ix .......
S*
6v�'
..; �..✓ \ CN� aU INN
Cl
� tiA tiA dpll
16 VINE A2,4,VC/-/ WATER DI-13 MIC 7- . �A%l! SEWER EA5EA4ENT PER 9270 lz$
955 O.R. SAID EASEMENT TO eE
EAe;,aMEMT'
C?0171CLAIMED UPON COMPLETION
OF IM,090ve5)vEA17-5 FOR 7-141-G VC7.
CITY OF t4ewpw-r
"ACA4 To
5WTHagg C#jL.
E015,14 CO.
RECORDING REQUESTED )9Y
City of l+yrc
WHEN RECORDED MALL TO
City Clerk
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Blvd.
P.O. Box 1758
Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915
RW202 REV 5/84 4131d
GRANT OF EASEMENT
NEWPORT � o 6c
ElEA CQ 61 hil
GOVERNMENT CODE 5103
87- 709371
�D 07
EXEMPT
C15
ERECORDED AL RECORDS
CALIFORNIA
E 24'17
LOUNIY �i RCUUN Eni
ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE -
",vemr
ree" "epees
�"ewnry
r�r nv
nr Approved
•
" "re
RIM Pr"Derliet
APN _12 _ D.P.,Menl
1/24/27
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Municipal corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Grantor "), hereby grants
to SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, a corporation, its successors and assigns (hereinafter referred to
as "Grantee "), an easement and right of way to construct, use, maintain, operate, alter, add to, repair,
replace, reconstruct, inspect and remove at any time and from time to time underground electrical supply
systems and communication systems (hereinafter referred to as "systems "), consisting of wires, underground
conduits, cables, vaults, manholes, handholes, and including above -ground enclosures, markers and concrete
pads and other appurtenant fixtures and equipment necessary or useful for distributing electrical energy
and for transmitting intelligence by electrical means, in, on, over, under, across and along that certain
real property in the County of ORANGE, State of California, described as follows:
A strip of land IZ feet wide lying within Lot 1 of Tract No. 12309 as shown on a map recorded in Book
550, Pages 1 through B inclusive of miscellaneous maps in the office of the County Recorder of said
County; the centerline of said strip being described as follows;
COMMENCING at the intersection of the centerline of University Drive with the centerline of La Vida as
said intersection is shown on said Tract Map; thence south 25049'30" east 108 feet; thence north
64010'30" east 41 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence south 25049'30" east a distance of 14
feet.
The Grantor agrees for itself, its successors and assigns not to erect, place or maintain, nor to
permit the erection, placement or maintenance of any building, planter boxes, earth fill or other
structures except walls and fences on the above described real property. The Grantee, and its
contractors, agents and employees, shall have the right to trim or cut tree roots as may endanger or
interfere with said systems and shall have free access to said systems and every part thereof, at all
times, for the purpose of exercising the rights herein granted; provided, however, that in making any
excavation on said property of the Grantor(s), the Grantee shall make the same in such a manner as will
cause the least injury to the surface of the ground around such excavation, and shall replace the earth sc
removed by f a r store the surface of the ground to as,near the same condition as it was prior to sucl
"�.I.m.�,
JAN =a��
of
EXECUTED this /9'&Aav of i I , 19V
STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) 9
) ss. �FFpSAtA �
COUNTY OF )
On&&ajd Iti McP before me, a Notary Public in and or said State, personally
appeared and (z JQ �f , known to me (or
proved to e on the bassatisfactory evidence) to be t
and , respectively, of the city of NEWPORT BEACH, the muni 1pal. corporation
that executed he within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same on behalf of the
municipal corporation.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
E�, �DOROTHY L. PALEN
f� NOTAkY P,;X FOR.. �, PItIMCIPAI, oFFlce IN
ORA+rGE cL`UNT`/
w/ Cp:nmis L/p. Apr. 5. 1989
,. sc trn "ev No
1
87-709371.
-Icjcic��-Is V/OH.7� /0
41,VlVeA751r)✓ .OR /VT 45)(CSA>7 •;- r'rReer
Z/4/ C✓7 0.f W iVI'0172' H
D
00
Vi SIX
la,
le.
v is
F=.40'4-1e-04'
N gal
V cl) 4
U- o"O Sg-
-0
0
CD
,,x.30 of�e
0
',
V,
;
eo..0(7 M ,
LOS
:)OF-
01
L \ �N� pv, it 16'1,qV1Me K'AMCI-1 W472W,01-1377?lCr
OEVVCR EASEMENT PER 9270 -
955 O.R. 3AIDEASEMENT TO OE
Q411rCLAIMEP V,00)V COMPI-6' TION EA,5F-AAEMT'
OF 11V7FqOVEAfENT-G FOR TN/;3 191C7
CITY or- 14E.Wpo27 I
> B!�Ac*f To
CAL.
Cu.
TO:
CITY0OF NEWPORT B ACH
OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK
P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 -8915
(714) 644 -3005
FINANCE DIRECTOR
FROM: CITY CLERK
DATE: May 18, 1987
SUBJECT: Contract No. C -2505
Description of Contract
Bonita Creek Park Construction
Effective date of Contract May.15, 1987
Authorized by Minute Action, approved on April 27, 1987
Contract with Valley Crest Landscape Inc.
Address 1920 South Yale St.
Santa Ana, CA 92704
Amount of Contract $1,743,926.20
"X�6e 4fe
Wanda E. Raggio
City Clerk
WER:pm
Attachment
3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach
' Y
•
is
J
TO: CITY COUNCIL
FROM: Public Works Department
SUBJECT: BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -2505)
RECOMMENDATIONS:
April 27, 1987
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM N0. F -3(c)
CITY V
APR 27 1987
APPROVED
1. Accept bids for the subject project and award Contract No. 2505
for construction to Valley Crest Landscape, Inc., of Santa Ana,
California.
2. Authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the contract in
the amount of $1,743,926.20.
3. Authorize a budget amendment in the amount of $300,000 to complete
the project.
DISCUSSION:
Bids for this contract were opened at 10:00 a.m. on April 16, 1987:
Bidder Amount
1. Valley Crest Landscape, Inc. $1,743,926.20
2. Hondo Company, Inc. $1,772,864.00
3. Moulder Bros. Construction $1,900,000.00
4. Gateway Construction $1,936,369.55
5. Silveri & LeBouef $2,126,802.00
The low bid was 3.1% less than the Engineer's estimate of $1,800,000.
Staff feels that the bids are reasonable considering the current bid climate,
prevailing costs and the proposed scope of work. The low bidder, Valley Crest
Landscaping, has satisfactorily performed other work for the City in the past.
The contract will provide for the construction of an 11 -acre park site
in the Newport North development, complete with playing fields, parking facili-
ties and a concession /recreation building and play areas. Additionally, the
• contract will provide a combination bicycle and pedestrian trail along the
boundary of Bonita Creek and the park. The proposed trail will connect with the
new MacArthur Boulevard bicycle trail.
The Engineer's estimate of project costs was $1,800,000. Funding for
the project is available from the current annual budget in the park fund under
Account No. 10- 7797 -067 in the amount of $1,500,000. As indicated in the
Council memo dated March 23, 1987 (copy attached), when the plans were approved,
a budget amendment will be needed to provide the necessary additional monies.
01)
April 27, 1987
Subject: Bonita Creek Park Construction (C -2505)
Page 2
• A budget amendment has been prepared for council consideration to
appropriate additional funds in the amount of $300,000 from the 1987 -88 fiscal
year budget. The budget amendment will cover the contract amount plus funds for
testing and contingency in the amount of $56,073.80 (3% of the contract amount).
The source of funds will be the following:
is
•
Source
Reserve for Park Fee
General Fund Surplus
Total Amendment
Amount of Expenditure
$166,400
133,600
$300,000
The project is located outside the Coastal Zone boundary and therefore
no Coastal Commission hearings or permits were required. Environmental documen-
tation has been certified in combination with the E.I.R. for The Irvine Company
development of Newport North.
The plans and specifications were prepared by Eichenberger, Fennel and
Associates in cooperation with Adams, Streeter Civil Engineers and Fredrick A.
Brown Architects.
If the award of contract is made at this time, construction should
commence by May 15, 1987 with an anticipated completion date near the end of
September 1987. Following a 90 -day contract maintenance period of the newly
installed landscaping, the park could be opened to the public. The expected
opening date is January 1, 1988.
Benjamin B. Nolan
Public Works Director
JS:jd
Att.
March 23, 1987
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM NO. F -15
• TO: CITY COUNCIL
FROM: Public Works Department
SUBJECT: BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -2505)
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Approve the plans and specifications.
2 Authorize the City Clerk to advertise for bids to be opened on
10:00 a.m. on April 16, 1987.
DISCUSSION:
This contract provides for the construction of an 11 -acre park site in
the Newport North Development, complete with playing fields, parking facilities
and a concession /recreation building and play areas. Additionally, the contract
will provide a combination bicycle and pedestrian trail along the boundary of
• Bonita Creek and the park. The proposed trail will connect with the new
MacArthur Boulevard bicycle trail.
The estimated project cost is $1,800,000. Funding for the project is
available from the current annual budget in the park fund under Account Number
10- 7797 -066 in the amount of $1,5UO,000. A budget amendment in the approximate
amount of $300,000 will be needed to complete the project funding; and will be
presented for Council consideration after the bids have been received and the
final cost better defined.
The project is located outside the Coastal Zone boundary and therefore
no Coastal Commission hearings or permits are required. Environmental documen-
tation has been certified in combination with the E.I.R. for The Irvine Company
development of Newport North.
The plans and specifications were prepared by Eichenberger, Fennel and
Associates. Copies of the plans will be available for review in the Council
conference room and at the Public Works Department.
If acceptable bids are received, construction should commence by
May 1, 1981, with an anticipated completion date near the end of August 1987.
Ben n
Benji amin B. Nolan
Public Works Director
JS:jd
5
•
0
TO: CITY COUNCIL
FROM: Public Works Department
SUBJECT: BONITA CREEK PARK CONSTRUCTION (C -2505)
RECOMMENDATION:
DISCUSSION:
March 23, 1987
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM NO. F -15
1 17 _ TV MUNCH.
NP PORT REACH
MAR 23 190
_ APPROVED
Approve the plans and specifications.
Authorize the City Clerk too#Fi#ex - an
This contract provides for the construction of an 11 -acre park site in
the Newport North Development, complete with playing fields, parking facilities
and a concession /recreation building and play areas. Additionally, the contract
will provide a combination bicycle and pedestrian trail along the boundary of
Bonita Creek and the park. The proposed trail will connect with the new
MacArthur Boulevard bicycle trail.
The estimated project cost is $1,800,000. Funding for the project is
available from the current annual budget in the park fund under Account Number
10 -7797 -066 in the amount of $1,500,000. A budget amendment in the approximate
amount of $300,000 will be needed to complete the project funding; and will be
presented for Council consideration after the bids have been received and the
final cost better defined.
The project is located outside the Coastal Zone boundary and therefore
no Coastal Commission hearings or permits are required. Environmental documen-
tation has been certified in combination with the E.I.R. for The Irvine Company
development of Newport North.
The plans and specifications were prepared by Eichenberger, Fennel and
Associates. Copies of the plans will be available for review in the Council
conference room and at the Public Works Department.
If acceptable bids are received, construction should commence by
May 1, 1987, with an anticipated completion date near the end of August 1987.
• a'a �2a ami
BenJn B. Nolan
Public Works Director
JS:jd
WM A&M
so Pmdctim Pike
Ne VWSex%CAV W
("631-mm
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
The Neivftt En*
0
Ss.
County of Orange,
PROOF OF PUBLICATION
II-------------------------------
(2015 .5 C.C.P.)
I-am a citizen of the United States
II
and a resident of the County afore-
said; I am over the age of eighteen
II
NOT= iNVmNc
INDS
years, and not a party to or inter-
sealed bids may be
rece redat the he
ested in the above - entitled matter.
I i
3300 New
Ciry CkAc, 3�0 Newport
I am the principal clerk of the prin-
Boulewra, P.O. cos 1768.
Newport Beach, CA 92658 -
ter of the Newport Ensign newspaper
i
8915 u"UH 10A0 a.m. on
the 16th day of April, 1987,
of general circulation, printed and
g P
I I
at which . time such bids
published weekly in the city of New-
i
shti be 0A" and 1804
port Beach, County of Orange, and
II
for ow-
which newspaner has been adjudged a
ii
I I
wi" Cantrxt
news a er' of general circulation b y
mate $1,00.0m
the Superior Court of the County of
i
tr� by the dmY City'
Orange, State of California, under
If
March. .1981;. S+
the-date of Mav 14, 1951, CASE NUM-
ii
q�E ebidders My
BER A -20178 that the notice, of
I I
i
obtain am set of bid doe-
which the annexed is a printed copy
i
� P,� wthe
(set in type not smaller than non-
ii
o P.O. %Y78,
Bodawird, P.O. Bca 1768,
pareii) has been published in each
i i
NewW Beaotr, CA 926W
regular and entire issue of said
I I
891& turme� inormsuon,
newspaper and not in any supplement
i i
cam kff Stanear< Pfojec1.
433
Maned at 643/26 110136
thereof on the following dates to-
i
.
wit:
II
II
II
MG.R � B 1987
II
II
II
II
I
I certify (or declare) under penalty
II
;I
cf perjury that the foregoing is true
and correct. Dated in Newport Beach,
II
California MFR 2 6 19x7
•
II
I
II
II
SIGNATURE
II
II
I
II
II
11
II
i��y
K J
ii
!I
BECKY L. BOLTON
LEGAL ADVERTISING DIRECTOR II